83_FR_12206 83 FR 12152 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction at the City Dock and Ferry Terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska

83 FR 12152 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction at the City Dock and Ferry Terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 54 (March 20, 2018)

Page Range12152-12178
FR Document2018-05559

NMFS has received a request from the Alaska Department of Transportations and Public Facilities (ADOT&PF) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to conducting improvements at the Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorization, and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 54 (Tuesday, March 20, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 54 (Tuesday, March 20, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 12152-12178]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-05559]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XF830


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction at the City Dock and 
Ferry Terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the Alaska Department of 
Transportations and Public Facilities (ADOT&PF) for authorization to 
take marine mammals incidental to conducting improvements at the 
Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry terminal, in Tenakee Springs, 
Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is 
requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment 
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the 
specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to 
making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA 
authorization, and agency responses will be summarized in the final 
notice of our decision

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than April 
19, 2018.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments 
should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted online at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm without change. All personal 
identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by 
the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential 
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jonathan Molineaux, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the 
application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the 
references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm. In case of 
problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed 
above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon 
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers 
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity 
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region 
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if 
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed 
authorization is provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.
    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, kill or

[[Page 12153]]

attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an 
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts 
on the human environment.
    This action is consistent with categories of activities identified 
in CE B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, 
which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for 
significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for 
which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would 
preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA 
qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review.
    We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice 
prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the 
IHA request.

Summary of Request

    On October 23, 2017, NMFS received a request from ADOT&PF for an 
IHA to take marine mammals incidental to conducting improvements at the 
Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry terminal, in Tenakee Springs, 
Alaska. The application was considered adequate and complete on January 
30, 2018. ADOT&PF's request is for take of seven species of marine 
mammals by Level B harassment only. Neither ADOT&PF nor NMFS expect 
mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is 
appropriate. The planned activity is not expected to exceed one year, 
hence, we do not expect subsequent MMPA IHAs to be issued for this 
particular activity.

Description of Proposed Activity

Overview

    The ADOT&PF plans to make improvements to the Tenakee Springs Ferry 
Terminal located in Tenakee Springs, Alaska, on Chichigof Island in 
southeast Alaska (Figure 1-1 of the application). The facility is a 
multi-function dock and active ferry terminal located in the center of 
town (see Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3 in application). The project's 
proposed activities that have the potential to take marine mammals 
include vibratory and impact pile driving, drilling operations for pile 
installation (down-hole hammer), and vibratory pile removal.
    The purpose of the project is to replace the existing, aging 
mooring and transfer structures nearing the end of their operational 
life due to corrosion and wear with modern facilities that provide 
improved operations for Alaska Marine Highway System (AMHS) ferry 
vessels, as well as freight and fueling operators, servicing the 
community of Tenakee Springs. Planned improvements include the 
installation of new shore side facilities and marine structures and the 
renovation of existing structures. This will accommodate cargo and 
baggage handling, vessel mooring, passenger and vehicle access 
gangways, and re-establish existing electrical and fuel systems. 
Improvements will enhance public safety and security.

Dates and Duration

    In-water project construction activities will begin no sooner than 
June 1, 2019. Pile installation and removal is expected to be completed 
in 93 working days within a 4-month window beginning sometime after 
June 1, 2019. Pile installation will be intermittent and staggered 
depending on weather, construction and mechanical delays, marine mammal 
shutdowns, and other potential delays and logistical constraints. Given 
the possibility of schedule delays and other unforeseen circumstances, 
an IHA is being requested for a full year, from June 1, 2019 through 
May 31, 2020.
    Specific Geographic Region--The Tenakee Springs Ferry Terminal is 
located in the City of Tenakee Springs, Alaska, at 57[deg]46'45.6'' N, 
135[deg]13'09.1'' W, on Chichagof Island, on the north shore of Tenakee 
Inlet, in southeast Alaska (Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2). Tenakee Springs 
is part of the Hoonah-Angoon Census Area. In 2016, there were an 
estimated 130 residents of Tenakee Springs. It is the second largest 
city on Chichagof Island.
    The Tenakee Springs Ferry Terminal is an active ferry terminal 
located in Tenakee Inlet and provides the primary access point to the 
city of Tenakee Springs. Improvements and new construction will take 
place in the same location as the existing dock. A sea plane float is 
located immediately east of the ferry terminal and a small boat harbor 
is located approximately 700 meters east of the terminal (see Figure 1-
2 of application).
    The town of Tenakee Springs is located on the north side of Tenakee 
Inlet, about 16 kilometers (km) (9.9 miles) west of where the Inlet 
opens to Chatham Strait. Tenakee Inlet is a long, narrow fjord with 
steep, rocky sides interspersed with extensive mudflats and intertidal 
zones. Water depths consistently reach 900 to 1,100 meters (2,950 to 
3,600 feet) in the center of the Inlet, with at least one location 
deeper than 1,280 meters (4,200 feet). The shoreline is complex and 
meandering, interspersed with numerous coves, islands, and rocky 
outcroppings. Numerous rivers and creeks feed into the Inlet, 
contributing to the highly productive marine environment.
    The Inlet supports abundant marine resources, including salmon, 
herring, crab, and shrimp. Marine mammals use the Inlet regularly, 
attracted to the rich foraging grounds. Humpback whales are seen bubble 
feeding in summer, and harbor seals haul out on rocky islets around the 
area.
    Baseline background (ambient) sound levels in Tenakee Inlet are 
unknown. The areas around the existing ferry terminal are frequented by 
ferries, fishing vessels, and tenders; barges and tugboats; float 
planes; and other commercial and recreational vessels that use the 
small-boat harbor, city dock, and other commercial facilities.

Detailed Description of Specific Activity

    The proposed action includes pile installation and removal for the 
various aspects of the project (see Figure 1-4 of application). There 
will be no dredging or removal of substrate, nor any deposition of fill 
or armor rock associated with the project. Above-water construction 
will consist of the installation of concrete platform decking panels, 
utility lines, and a fuel building. The new facility will continue to 
serve as the AMHS ferry terminal and will support shipping and 
receiving of commercial and service-industry goods. Given the lack of 
road access to Tenakee Springs, the ferry terminal is an essential 
component of infrastructure, providing critical access between Tenakee 
Springs and the rest of the region. Planned improvements will not add 
any additional berths for vessels,

[[Page 12154]]

and the existing capacity of the facilities will remain the same.
    The project includes the following components:
     Removal and replacement of an existing 12-foot by 240-foot 
approach dock decking and installation of additional steel pipe support 
piles;
     Removal of an existing city storage and fuel building and 
pile-supported dock and timber fender piles;
     Removal of an existing steel gangway float, platform, and 
associated steel pipe piles; and
     Removal of three, three-pile berthing and mooring 
dolphins.
    The project will also include the installation of:
     A 50-foot by 70-foot pile-supported ferry staging dock;
     A 50-foot by 60-foot pile-supported dock with new fuel 
building and associated dock mounted fender system;
     An 11-foot by 90-foot steel transfer bridge and pile-
supported abutment;
     A steel bridge support float with adjustable intermediate 
ramp and apron with two, four-pile float restraint dolphins;
     Four, four-pile berthing dolphins; and
     A ferry access skiff float and associated steel pipe pile 
restraints.

Removal of Old Piles

    The project will require the removal of approximately 84 piles of 
varying sizes and materials (Table 1-1). Not all existing structures 
and piles will be removed (Figure 1-4). It is anticipated that, when 
possible, existing piles will be extracted by directly lifting them 
with a crane. A vibratory hammer will be used only if necessary to 
extract piles that cannot be directly lifted. Removal of each old pile 
is estimated to require no more than 15 minutes of vibratory hammer 
use.

                                          Table 1--Pile Details and Estimated Effort Required for Pile Removal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Vibratory   Estimated   Number of
                                                                                   Number of     Total     duration      total     piles per    Days of
           Pile diameters & material                    Project component            piles     number of   per pile    number of      day       removal
                                                                                                 piles       (min)       hours      (range)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.75-inch Steel Piles........................  Approach Dock...................           2           2          15         0.5           2           1
14-inch Timber Piles..........................  City Dock Fender Piles..........          33          42          15        10.5        5-10           9
                                                City Storage Building Dock......           9
14-inch Steel Piles...........................  City Dock.......................          14          26          15         6.5        5-10           6
                                                Berthing Dolphin Fenders........          12
16-inch Steel Piles...........................  Berthing Dolphins...............           9           9          15        2.25        5-10           2
18-inch Steel Piles...........................  Steel Float.....................           5           5          15        1.25           5           1
                                                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    Totals....................................  ................................  ..........          84  ..........          21  ..........          19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Installation of New Piles

    The Project will require the installation of 121 piles of varying 
sizes and materials (see Table 2). Tension anchors will be installed in 
86 of the 121 total piles. Initial installation of steel piles through 
the sediment layer may be done using vibratory methods for up to 15 
minutes per pile. If the sediment layer is very thin, instead of 
vibratory methods, a few strikes from an impact hammer may be used to 
seat some steel piles into the weathered bedrock before drilling 
begins. It is possible that only an impact hammer and drilling will be 
used for some piles, and only a vibratory hammer and drilling will be 
used for other piles, depending on sediment conditions and as decided 
by the construction contractor. Following initial pile installation, 
the mud accumulation on the inside of the pile will be augured out (or 
cleaned through another method), as necessary. Next, a hole (rock 
socket) will be drilled in the underlying bedrock by using a down-hole 
hammer (see Figure 1-5 of IHA application). A down-hole hammer is a 
drill bit that drills through the bedrock and a pulse mechanism that 
functions at the bottom of the hole, using a pulsing bit to break up 
the rock to allow removal of the fragments and insertion of the pile. 
The head extends so that the drilling takes place below the pile. Drill 
cuttings are expelled from the top of the pile as dust or mud and 
allowed to settle at the base of the pile. It is estimated that 
drilling piles through the layered bedrock will take about 2-3 hours 
per pile.
    Drilling will create a 10-foot-deep bedrock socket that holds the 
pile in place. The bedrock will attenuate noise production from 
drilling and reduce noise propagation into the water column. 
Additionally, the casing used during drilling acts like a cofferdam and 
will block noise, further reducing noise levels (82 Federal Register 
[FR] 34632; proposed IHA for the Gary Paxton Industrial Park Dock 
Modification Project in Sitka, Alaska). However, noise levels from 
drilling the bedrock socket to support piles will likely exceed the 
120-decibel (dB) root mean square (rms) threshold for Level B 
harassment from continuous noise (Section 6.2.2) during at least a 
portion of the drilling.
    If necessary after drilling, no more than 30 blows from an impact 
hammer will be used to confirm that piles are set into bedrock 
(proofed). Proofing will require approximately 5-10 minutes per pile.
    Tension anchors will be installed on 86 of the 121 steel piles. In 
general, the farthest seaward piles will utilize tension anchors. To 
anchor each pile following pile installation, a 10-inch casing will be 
inserted into the center of the pile and an 8-inch rock anchor drill 
will be lowered into the casing and used to drill into bedrock. Rock 
fragments will be removed through the top of the casing as dust or mud. 
Finally, the drill and casing will be removed, and an anchor attached 
by an anchor rod will be inserted into the hole. The hole will be 
filled with grout, which will harden, thereby encapsulating the anchor 
in the borehole and securing the pile and anchor to bedrock. Once 
installed, tension anchors are tightened, applying tension to the pile 
to prevent movement within the rock socket. Eight of the tension 
anchors will be passive, which means they will not be tightened. This 
will provide the pile with a small amount of play, which will allow the 
pile to move until it meets the extent of the tension anchor.
    Drilling for anchors takes place below the 10-foot-deep bedrock 
socket that holds the pile in place, and the bedrock serves to 
attenuate noise production from drilling activity and reduce noise 
propagation into the water column. Additionally, the casing acts like a 
cofferdam and will block noise; therefore, anchor drilling will result 
in low levels of in-water noise that do not

[[Page 12155]]

approach injury or harassment levels for marine mammals (82 FR 34632; 
proposed IHA for the Gary Paxton Industrial Park Dock Modification 
Project in Sitka, Alaska). No take for harassment of marine mammals 
from anchor drilling is requested.
    Installation of timber piles will use only an impact hammer, and 
will require approximately 75 strikes per pile, or approximately 20-30 
minutes to install each pile.
    Pile installation activities will occur in waters from zero to 36 
feet (0 to 11 meters) deep within or immediately adjacent to the 
existing dock footprint. It is anticipated that an ICE model vibratory 
driver or equivalent hammer and a Delmag D30 or Vulcan impact hammer, 
or equivalent hammer will be used to install the piles.

                                        Table 2--Pile Details and Estimated Effort Required for Pile Installation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Drilling
                                                                       Total     Vibratory   duration     Impact     Estimated   Number of
    Pile diameters & material       Project component    Number of   number of   duration   per pile a    strikes      total     piles per     Days of
                                                           piles       piles     per pile      (min)     per pile    number of      day     installation
                                                                                   (min)                               hours      (range)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-inch Steel Piles a............  City Dock..........          22          46          15         120          30         107         2-3           23
                                   Ferry Staging Dock.          20
                                   Transfer Bridge               4
                                    Abutment.
30-inch Steel Piles a............  Float Restraints              4          20          15         180          30          67         2-3           10
                                    (Vertical).
                                   Berthing Dolphins             8
                                    (Battered).
                                   Berthing Dolphins             8
                                    (Vertical).
20-inch Steel Piles a............  Float Restraints              4           4          15         180          30          13         2-3            2
                                    (Battered).
18-inch Steel Piles a............  Approach Dock......           8          21          15         120          30          49         2-3           11
                                   Berthing Fenders...          10
                                   Skiff Float........           3
14-inch Timber Piles.............  Boat Moorage                 30          30          NA          NA          75          10        5-10            6
                                    Fenders.
8-inch Tension Anchors...........  Tension Anchors....          78        b 86          NA          60          NA          86         4-8           22
                                   Passive Tensions              8
                                    Anchors.
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Totals.......................  ...................  ..........         121  ..........  ..........  ..........         332  ..........           74
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a All 91 steel piles will require drilling.
b Tension anchors will be installed in a subset of piles and therefore are not included in the total number of piles.

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities

    Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information 
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and 
behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. 
Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be 
found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SARs; www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/) and more general information about these species (e.g., physical 
and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS's website 
(www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/).
    Table 3 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
Tenakee Springs, Alaska and summarizes information related to the 
population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and 
Endangered Species Act (ESA) and potential biological removal (PBR), 
where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR 
is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including 
natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock 
while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable 
population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is 
anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and 
mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross 
indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or 
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. 
NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total 
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that 
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend 
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in 
NMFS's U.S. Alaska SARs (Muto 2017a). All values presented in Table 3 
are the most recent available at the time of publication and are 
available in the 2016 SARs (Muto, 2017a), Towers et al., 2015 (solely 
for northern resident killer whales), and draft 2017 SARs (Muto 2017b).
    Two cetacean species have ranges near Tenakee Inlet but are 
unlikely to occur in the project area: The Pacific white-sided dolphin 
(Lagenorhynchus obliquidens) and gray whale (Eschrichtius robustus). 
The ranges of both the Pacific white-sided dolphin and gray whale are 
suggested to overlap with Tenakee Inlet (Muto, 2017a), but no sightings 
have been documented in the project area (Dahlheim et al. 2009).

                               Table 3--Marine Mammals That Could Occur in the Project Area During the Specified Activity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            Stock abundance Nbest,
                                                                                         ESA/ MMPA status;     (CV, N min, most                Annual M/
             Common name                  Scientific name             MMPA stock         strategic (Y/N) 1     recent abundance        PBR        SI 3
                                                                                                                   survey) 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Balaenidae:
    Humpback whale..................  Megaptera novaeangliae.  Central North Pacific..  E, D,Y              10,103 (0.3, 7,890,            83         21
                                                                                                             2006).
    Minke whale.....................  Balaenoptera             Alaska.................  -, N                N.A...................       N.A.       N.A.
                                       acutorostrata.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 12156]]

 
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Delphinidae:
    Killer whale....................  Orcinus orca...........  Alaska Resident........  -, N                2,347 (N.A., 2,347,          23.4          1
                                                                                                             2012) 4.
                                                               West Coast Transient...  -, N                243 (N/A, 243, 2009) 4        2.4          1
                                                               Northern Resident......  -, N                290 (N/A, 290, 2014) 6       1.96          0
Family Phocoenidae:
    Harbor porpoise.................  Phocoena phocoena......  Southeast Alaska.......  -, Y                975 (0.10, 896, 2012)       5 8.9       5 34
                                                                                                             5.
    Dall's porpoise.................  Phocoenoides dalli.....  Alaska.................  -, N                83,400................       N.A.         38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Otariidae (eared seals and
 sea lions):
    Steller sea lion................  Eumatopia jubatus......  Western U.S.\7\........  E, D; Y             50,983 (N.A., 50,983,         320        241
                                                                                                             2016).
                                                               Eastern U.S............  -, D, Y             41,638 (N/A, 41,638,        2,498        108
                                                                                                             2015).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
    Harbor seal.....................  Phoca vitulina           Glacier Bay/Icy Strait.  -, N                7,210 (N.A.; 5,647;           169        104
                                       richardii.                                                            2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
  designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or
  which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is
  automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; N min is the minimum estimate of
  stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable (N/A).
\3\ These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
  commercial fisheries, ship strike).
\4\ N is based on counts of individual animals identified from photo-identification catalogs.
\5\ In the SAR for harbor porpoise (NMFS 2017), NMFS identified population estimates and PBR for porpoises within inland Southeast Alaska waters (these
  abundance estimates have not been corrected for g(0); therefore, they are likely conservative). The calculated PBR is considered unreliable for the
  entire stock because it is based on estimates from surveys of only a portion (the inside waters of Southeast Alaska) of the range of this stock as
  currently designated. The Annual M/SI is for the entire stock, including coastal waters.
\6\ Abundance estimates obtained from Towers et al 2015.
\7\ Abundance, PBR, and Annual M/SI derived from draft 2017 SARs (Muto2017b).

    All species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey 
areas are included in Table 3. As described below, all seven species 
(with nine managed stocks) temporally and spatially co-occur with the 
activity to the degree that take is reasonably likely to occur, and we 
have proposed authorizing it. In addition, sea otters may be found in 
Tenakee Springs. However, sea otters are managed by the U.S. Fish and 
Wildlife Service and are not considered further in this document.

Pinnipeds in the Activity Area

Steller Sea Lion
    The Steller sea lion is the largest of the eared seals, ranging 
along the North Pacific Rim from northern Japan to California, with 
centers of abundance and distribution in the Gulf of Alaska and 
Aleutian Islands. Steller sea lions were listed as threatened range-
wide under the ESA on November 26, 1990 (55 FR 49204). Subsequently, 
NMFS published a final rule designating critical habitat for the 
species as a 20 nautical mile buffer around all major haulouts and 
rookeries, as well as associated terrestrial, air and aquatic zones, 
and three large offshore foraging areas (58 FR 45269; August 27, 1993). 
In 1997, NMFS reclassified Steller sea lions as two distinct population 
segments (DPS) based on genetic studies and other information (62 FR 
24345; May 5, 1997). Steller sea lion populations that primarily occur 
west of 144[deg] W (Cape Suckling, Alaska) comprise the western DPS 
(wDPS), while all others comprise the eastern DPS (eDPS); however, 
there is regular movement of both DPSs across this boundary (Jemison et 
al., 2013). Upon this reclassification, the wDPS became listed as 
endangered while the eDPS remained as threatened (62 FR 24345; May 5, 
1997) and in November 2013, the eDPS was delisted (78 FR 66140). No 
critical habitat for this species is designated in Southeast Alaska.
    Steller sea lions are known to occur within the project area; 
however, systematic counts or surveys have not been completed 
throughout Tenakee Inlet. Therefore, the best information regarding sea 
lion abundance and distribution comes from anecdotal reports from local 
residents and extrapolations from nearby haulouts that have been 
regularly monitored.
    Anecdotal reports indicate that sea lions are generally present 
only in the fall and winter. Reports of these anecdotal observations 
also suggest that as many as 10-20 may swim by on a winter day, 
although most feed at night when their herring prey tend to be near the 
water's surface (Wheeler, K., pers. comm.).
    Steller sea lions use terrestrial haulout sites to rest and take 
refuge. They also gather on well-defined, traditionally used rookeries 
to pup and breed. These habitats are typically gravel, rocky, or sand 
beaches; ledges; or rocky reefs. The closest Steller sea lion haulout 
to the project area is the Tenakee Cannery Point haulout, which is 
approximately 8.9 km (4.8 nautical miles) east of the project site 
(Fritz et al., 2016c; see Figure 4-1 of application). Recent summer 
counts have not recorded any Steller sea lions at this haulout, and 
historical counts between April and September have not exceeded 12 
individuals during any survey (Fritz et al., 2016b). This haulout 
appears to be most active between October and March (Figure 4-2), which 
is consistent with anecdotal reports of sea lion abundance in the 
project area (Rasanen, L., pers. comm.; Wheeler, K., pers. comm.). Non-
pup counts conducted between October and March from 2001 to 2004 
averaged 106 individuals and ranged from 16 to 251 (Fritz et al., 
2016b). Pups have not been counted at this haulout (Fritz et al., 
2016a). In addition to those counted at

[[Page 12157]]

the haulouts, as many as a few hundred more sea lions occur throughout 
Tenakee Inlet in small hunting groups (Rasanen, L., pers. comm.). The 
Point Marsden and Emmons haulouts are also located within 20 nautical 
miles of Tenakee Springs, but it is unlikely that individuals from 
those haulouts regularly inhabit Tenakee Inlet. Experts with the Alaska 
Fisheries Science Center of NMFS estimate that roughly 17.8 percent of 
the Steller sea lions at the Tenakee Cannery Point haulout are members 
of the western DPS (L. Fritz, pers. comm; L. Fritz, unpublished data) 
while the rest (82.2 percent) are from the eastern DPS. Steller sea 
lions are included in Alaska subsistence harvests. Since subsistence 
harvest surveys began in 1992, the number of households hunting and 
harvesting sea lions has remained relatively constant at low levels 
(Wolf et al., 2013).
Harbor Seal
    Harbor seals range from Baja California north along the west coasts 
of Washington, Oregon, California, British Columbia, and Southeast 
Alaska; west through the Gulf of Alaska, Prince William Sound, and the 
Aleutian Islands; and north in the Bering Sea to Cape Newenham and the 
Pribilof Islands. They haul out on rocks, reefs, beaches, and drifting 
glacial ice, and feed in marine, estuarine, and occasionally fresh 
waters. Harbor seals are generally non-migratory, with local movements 
associated with such factors as tides, weather, season, food 
availability, and reproduction (Muto, 2017a).
    Harbor seals in Alaska are partitioned into 12 separate stocks 
based largely on genetic structure: (1) The Aleutian Islands stock, (2) 
the Pribilof Islands stock, (3) the Bristol Bay stock, (4) the North 
Kodiak stock, (5) the South Kodiak stock, (6) the Prince William Sound 
stock, (7) the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock, (8) the Glacier Bay/Icy 
Strait stock, (9) the Lynn Canal/Stephens Passage stock, (10) the 
Sitka/Chatham stock, (11) the Dixon/Cape Decision stock, and (12) the 
Clarence Strait stock. Only the Glacier Bay/Icy Strait stock is 
considered in this proposed IHA. The range of this stock includes Cape 
Fairweather southeast to Column Point, extending inland to Glacier Bay, 
Icy Strait, and from Hanus Reef south to Tenakee Inlet (Muto, 2017a).
    Survey data from 2003 through 2011 indicate that there are eight 
harbor seal haulouts in Tenakee Inlet and a number of others nearby in 
Chatham Strait and Freshwater Bay (Figure 4-3). The nearest haulout to 
the project site is located on Tenakee Reef, near Tenakee Reef Light (a 
navigational and warning light for vessels), approximately 1 km south 
of the ferry terminal. Anecdotal observations indicate that up to 200 
harbor seals may haul out on the rocks at and around the Tenakee Reef 
Light at any time of year (Rasanen, L., pers. comm.). Two additional 
harbor seal haulouts are located approximately 5.2 and 10.0 km from the 
ferry terminal, on Strawberry Island and in Crab Bay, respectively.
    Aerial haulout surveys conducted in August 2011 divide Tenakee 
Inlet into four survey units. The survey unit along the north shore of 
the Inlet, including the project site, had a population estimate of 61 
individuals. Other survey units in Tenakee Inlet had between 1 and 64 
individuals. This information comes from a single year of surveys, and 
standard errors on these estimates are very high; therefore, confidence 
is low (London et al., 2015). Researchers estimate that the total 
abundance in Tenakee Inlet was approximately 259 seals in 2011, 
including about 170 in the upper inlet and approximately 89 near the 
mouth (London, J., pers. comm.).
    Because harbor seals are non-migratory, we do not suspect that 
abundance fluctuates seasonally, but distribution throughout Tenakee 
Inlet and Chatham Strait likely fluctuates drastically based on 
numerous environmental factors.

Cetaceans in the Action Area

Humpback Whale
    The humpback whale is distributed worldwide in all ocean basins. In 
winter, most humpback whales occur in the subtropical and tropical 
waters of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, and migrate to high 
latitudes in the summer to feed. The historic summer feeding range of 
humpback whales in the North Pacific encompassed coastal and inland 
waters around the Pacific Rim from Point Conception, California, north 
to the Gulf of Alaska and the Bering Sea, and west along the Aleutian 
Islands to the Kamchatka Peninsula and into the Sea of Okhotsk and 
north of the Bering Strait (Johnson and Wolman 1984).
    Under the MMPA, there are three stocks of humpback whales in the 
North Pacific: (1) The California/Oregon/Washington and Mexico stock, 
consisting of winter/spring populations in coastal Central America and 
coastal Mexico which migrate to the coast of California to southern 
British Columbia in summer/fall; (2) the central North Pacific stock, 
consisting of winter/spring populations of the Hawaiian Islands which 
migrate primarily to northern British Columbia/Southeast Alaska, the 
Gulf of Alaska, and the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands; and (3) the 
western North Pacific stock, consisting of winter/spring populations 
off Asia which migrate primarily to Russia and the Bering Sea/Aleutian 
Islands. The central North Pacific stock is the only stock that is 
found near the project activities.
    On September 8, 2016, NMFS published a final rule dividing the 
globally listed endangered species into 14 DPSs, removing the worldwide 
species-level listing, and in its place listing four DPSs as endangered 
and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; effective October 11, 2016). 
Two DPSs (Hawaii and Mexico) are potentially present within the action 
area. The Hawaii DPS is not listed and the Mexico DPS is listed as 
threatened under the ESA. The Hawaii DPS is estimated to contain 11,398 
animals where the Mexico DPS is estimated to contain 3,264 animals.
    Within the action area, humpback whales are seen most frequently 
from September through February although sightings may extend into 
April (Straley and Pendell 2017). Humpback whales are found throughout 
southeast Alaska in a variety of marine environments, including open-
ocean, near-shore waters, and areas with strong tidal currents 
(Dahlheim et al., 2009). Most humpback whales are migratory and spend 
winters in the breeding grounds off either Hawaii or Mexico. Humpback 
whales generally arrive in southeast Alaska in March and return to 
their wintering grounds in November. Some humpback whales depart late 
or arrive early to feeding grounds, and therefore the species occurs in 
southeast Alaska year-round (Straley 1990). Across the region, there 
have been no recent estimates of humpback whale density, and there have 
been no systematic surveys of humpback whales in or near the project 
area. Marine mammal experts in the region have indicated that there are 
as many as 12 humpbacks present in Tenakee Inlet from spring through 
fall. During the winter, they are less common, but are regularly 
present (S. Lewis and M. Dahlheim, pers. comm.).
Minke Whale
    Minke whales are found throughout the northern hemisphere in polar, 
temperate, and tropical waters. In the North Pacific, minke whales 
occur from the Bering and Chukchi seas south to near the Equator 
(Leatherwood et al., 1982). In Alaska, the minke whale diet consists 
primarily of euphausiids and walleye pollock. Minke whales are

[[Page 12158]]

generally found in shallow, coastal waters within 200 meters of shore 
(Zerbini et al., 2006) and are usually solitary or in small groups of 2 
to 3. Rarely, loose aggregations of up to 400 animals have been 
associated with feeding areas in arctic latitudes. In Alaska, seasonal 
movements are associated with feeding areas that are generally located 
at the edge of the pack ice (NMFS 2014). Surveys in southeast Alaska 
have consistently identified individuals throughout inland waters in 
low numbers (Dahlheim et al., 2009).
    Little is known about minke whale abundance and distribution in the 
project area as there have been no systematic studies conducted on the 
species in or near Tenakee Inlet. Surveys throughout southeast Alaska 
between 1991 and 2007 recorded minke whales infrequently, but noted a 
wide variety of habitat types used throughout all inland waters and 
little seasonal variation. During these surveys, the observation 
nearest to Tenakee Springs was in Chatham Strait, approximately 10 
miles south of the mouth of Tenakee Inlet. Concentrations of minke 
whales were observed near the entrance to Glacier Bay. Most minke 
whales observed during the surveys were individual animals (Dahlheim et 
al., 2009).
Killer Whale
    Killer whales have been observed in all the world's oceans, but the 
highest densities occur in colder and more productive waters found at 
high latitudes (NMFS 2016a). Killer whales occur along the entire 
Alaska coast, in British Columbia and Washington inland waterways, and 
along the outer coasts of Washington, Oregon, and California (Muto et 
al., 2017a).
    Based on data regarding association patterns, acoustics, movements, 
and genetic differences, eight killer whale stocks are now recognized 
within the Pacific U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone. This proposed IHA 
considers only the Alaska resident stock, northern resident and the 
west coast transient, all other stocks occur outside the geographic 
area under consideration (Muto et al., 2017a).
    The Alaska Resident stock occurs from southeastern Alaska to the 
Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea. Photo-identification studies between 
2005 and 2009 identified 2,347 individuals in this stock, including 
approximately 121 in southeast Alaska (Muto et al., 2017a). The West 
Coast transient stock occurs from California north through southeast 
Alaska. Between 1975 and 2012, surveys identified 521 individual West 
Coast transient killer whales. Dahlheim et al. (2009) noted a 5.2 
percent annual decline in transient killer whales observed in southeast 
Alaska. The northern resident stock occurs from Washington State 
through part of southeastern Alaska. The trend for the Northern 
resident stock is an increasing population with an average of 2.1 
percent annual increase over a 36-year period.
    Surveys between 1991 and 2007 encountered resident killer whales 
during all seasons throughout southeast Alaska. Both residents and 
transients were common in a variety of habitats and all major 
waterways, including protected bays and inlets. During this study, 
strong seasonal variation in abundance or distribution of killer whales 
was not present, but there was substantial variability between years 
(Dahlheim et al., 2009). In Tenakee Inlet, systematic surveys of killer 
whales have not been completed. Nevertheless, local marine mammal 
experts estimate that approximately one killer whale pod passes by 
Tenakee Springs each month (Lewis, S., pers. comm.). It is not known 
whether these are resident or transient whales.
Harbor Porpoise
    The harbor porpoise inhabits temporal, subarctic, and arctic 
waters. In the eastern North Pacific, harbor porpoises range from Point 
Barrow, Alaska, to Point Conception, California. Harbor porpoise 
primarily frequent coastal waters and occur most frequently in waters 
less than 100 m deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010). They may occasionally be 
found in deeper offshore waters.
    In Alaska, harbor porpoises are currently divided into three 
stocks, based primarily on geography: (1) The Southeast Alaska stock--
occurring from the northern border of British Columbia to Cape 
Suckling, Alaska, (2) the Gulf of Alaska stock--occurring from Cape 
Suckling to Unimak Pass, and (3) the Bering Sea stock--occurring 
throughout the Aleutian Islands and all waters north of Unimak Pass. 
Only the Southeast Alaska stock is considered in this proposed IHA 
because the other stocks are not found in the geographic area under 
consideration. The 2016 SAR for this stock further delineated 
population estimates (Muto et al., 2017a). The total estimated annual 
level of human-caused mortality and serious injury for Southeast Alaska 
harbor porpoise (n= 34) exceeds the calculated PBR of 8.9 porpoises. 
However, the calculated PBR is considered unreliable for the entire 
stock because it is based on estimates from surveys of only a portion 
(the inside 7of Southeast Alaska) of the range of this stock as 
currently designated. Because the total stock abundance estimates are 
more than eight years old (with the exception of the 2010-2012 
abundance estimates provided for the inland waters of Southeast 
Alaska), and the frequency of incidental mortality and serious injury 
in U.S. commercial fisheries throughout Southeast Alaska is not known, 
the Southeast Alaska stock of harbor porpoise is classified as a 
strategic stock. Population trends and status of this stock relative to 
its Optimum Sustainable Population are currently unknown.
    There are no subsistence use of this species; however, as noted 
above, entanglement in fishing gear contributes to human-caused 
mortality and serious injury. Muto et al. (2017a) also reports harbor 
porpoise are vulnerable to physical modifications of nearshore habitats 
resulting from urban and industrial development (including waste 
management and nonpoint source runoff) and activities such as 
construction of docks and other over-water structures, filling of 
shallow areas, dredging, and noise (Linnenschmidt et al., 2013).
    Information on harbor porpoise abundance and distribution in 
Tenakee Inlet has not been systematically collected. Anecdotal 
observations from marine mammal researchers indicate that harbor 
porpoise are seen a few times per month in groups of 3 to 5 
individuals, but there is no seasonal trend to these observations 
(Dahlheim, M., pers. comm.).
Dall's Porpoise
    Dall's porpoise are widely distributed across the entire North 
Pacific Ocean. They are found over the continental shelf adjacent to 
the slope and over deep (2,500+ meters) oceanic waters (Hall 
1979). They have been sighted throughout the North Pacific as far north 
as 65[deg] N (Buckland et al., 1993) and as far south as 28[deg] N in 
the eastern North Pacific (Leatherwood and Fielding 1974). The only 
apparent distribution gaps in Alaska waters are upper Cook Inlet and 
the shallow eastern flats of the Bering Sea. Throughout most of the 
eastern North Pacific they are present during all months of the year, 
although there may be seasonal onshore-offshore movements along the 
west coast of the continental U.S. (Loeb 1972, Leatherwood and Fielding 
1974) and winter movements of populations out of areas with ice such as 
Prince William Sound (Hall 1979).
    There currently is no information on the presence or abundance of 
Dall's porpoises in Tenakee Inlet. Local

[[Page 12159]]

marine mammal experts indicate that the species is rarely seen near 
Tenakee Springs (Lewis, S., pers. comm.). Dall's porpoises likely occur 
more often in the deeper waters of Chatham Strait, although waters more 
than 600 feet (182 meters) deep are found within the central portion of 
Tenakee Inlet between Tenakee Springs and Chatham Strait (Figure 4-4). 
Average pod size in southeast Alaska ranges from three to six 
individuals (Dahlheim et al., 2009). Dall's porpoise commonly 
``bowride,'' or ride the wake created by large, relatively fast-moving 
vessels. It is possible that Dall's porpoises may bowride alongside a 
vessel into the project area, but we would not expect individuals to 
stay for long periods or congregate in the project area, nor to venture 
farther up Tenakee Inlet due to shallow water depths.

Marine Mammal Hearing

    Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals 
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious 
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to 
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine 
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine 
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et 
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect 
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided 
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated 
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data, 
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques, 
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements 
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes 
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described 
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. 
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 
decibels (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with 
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the 
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower 
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and 
the associated frequencies are indicated below in Table 4 (note that 
these frequency ranges correspond to the range for the composite group, 
with the entire range not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of 
every species within that group):

   Table 4--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups and Their Generalized Hearing
                                  Range
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Hearing group                 Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen        7 Hz to 35 kHz (Best Hearing
 whales).                                    Range: 100 Hz to 8 kHz).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins,     150 Hz to 160 kHz (Best
 toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose   Hearing Range: 10 kHz to
 whales).                                    100 kHz).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true         275 Hz to 160 kHz.
 porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
 cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger
 and L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true    50 Hz to 86 kHz (Best
 seals).                                     Hearing Range: 1 kHz to 50
                                             kHz).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea    60 Hz to 39 kHz (Best
 lions and fur seals).                       Hearing Range: 2 kHz to 48
                                             kHz).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
  composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
  species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
  hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
  composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
  cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).

    The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et 
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have 
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing 
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range 
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 
2013).
    For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency 
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. 
As previously discussed, seven marine mammal species (five cetacean and 
two pinniped (one otariid and one phocid) species) have the reasonable 
potential to co-occur with the proposed survey activities. Please refer 
to Table 3. Of the cetacean species that may be present, two are 
classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 
one is classified as a mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., killer whale), 
and two are classified as high-frequency cetaceans (i.e., harbor and 
Dall's porpoise).

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take'' section later in this document 
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are 
expected to be taken by this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis 
and Determination'' section considers the content of this section, the 
``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts 
of these activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of 
individuals and how those impacts on individuals are likely to impact 
marine mammal species or stocks.

Description of Sound Sources

    Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are 
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number 
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and 
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the 
distance between two peaks of a sound wave; lower frequency sounds have 
longer wavelengths than higher frequency sounds. Amplitude is the 
height of the sound pressure wave or the `loudness' of a sound and is 
typically measured using the dB scale. A dB is the ratio between a 
measured pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure (sound at a 
constant pressure, established by scientific standards). It is a 
logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; 
therefore, relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large 
changes in sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels 
(SPLs; the sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the 
context of underwater sound pressure to one microPascal ([mu]Pa). One 
pascal is the pressure resulting from a force of one

[[Page 12160]]

newton exerted over an area of one square meter. The source level (SL) 
represents the sound level at a distance of 1 m from the source 
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa). The received level is the sound level at the 
listener's position. Note that all underwater sound levels in this 
document are referenced to a pressure of 1 [micro]Pa and all airborne 
sound levels in this document are referenced to a pressure of 20 
[micro]Pa.
    Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over 
the duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the 
sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square 
root of the average (Urick 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and 
negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so 
that they may be accounted for in the summation of pressure levels 
(Hastings and Popper 2005). This measurement is often used in the 
context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral 
effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed 
through averaged units than by peak pressures.
    When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure 
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the 
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in all 
directions away from the source (similar to ripples on the surface of a 
pond), except in cases where the source is directional. The 
compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are 
detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound 
receptors such as hydrophones.
    Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the 
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient 
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a 
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level 
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated 
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., 
waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., sounds 
produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and anthropogenic 
sound (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft, construction). A number of 
sources contribute to ambient sound, including the following 
(Richardson et al., 1995):
     Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and 
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of 
naturally occurring ambient noise for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 
kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to 
increase with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf noise becomes 
important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5 
km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band 
during heavy surf conditions.
     Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the 
water surface can become an important component of total noise at 
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet 
times.
     Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to 
ambient noise levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The frequency band 
for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 
kHz.
     Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient noise related to human 
activity include transportation (surface vessels and aircraft), 
dredging and construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic 
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Shipping noise 
typically dominates the total ambient noise for frequencies between 20 
and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are 
below 1 kHz and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they 
attenuate rapidly (Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from identifiable 
anthropogenic sources other than the activity of interest (e.g., a 
passing vessel) is sometimes termed background sound, as opposed to 
ambient sound.
    The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at 
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or 
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as 
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and 
shipping activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate 
through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the 
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea 
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a 
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected 
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. 
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB 
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, 
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from the 
specified activity may be a negligible addition to the local 
environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect marine 
mammals.
    In-water construction activities associated with the project would 
include impact pile driving, vibratory pile driving and removal, and 
drilling. The sounds produced by these activities fall into one of two 
general sound types: Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). 
The distinction between these two sound types is important because they 
have differing potential to cause physical effects, particularly with 
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please 
see Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these 
concepts.
    Pulsed sound sources (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms, 
impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically 
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients 
(ANSI 1986; Harris 1998; NIOSH 1998; ISO 2003; ANSI 2005) and occur 
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds 
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure 
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may 
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal 
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical 
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
    Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or 
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI 1995; 
NIOSH 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals 
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g., 
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced 
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or 
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems. The 
duration of such sounds, as received at a distance, can be greatly 
extended in a highly reverberant environment.
    Impact hammers operate by repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto a 
pile to drive the pile into the substrate. Sound generated by impact 
hammers is characterized by rapid rise times and high peak levels, a 
potentially injurious combination (Hastings and Popper 2005). Vibratory 
hammers install piles by vibrating them and allowing the weight of the 
hammer to push them into the sediment. Vibratory hammers produce 
significantly less sound than impact hammers. Peak SPLs may be 180 dB 
or greater, but are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs generated 
during impact pile driving of the same-sized pile (Oestman et al., 
2009). Rise time is slower, reducing the probability and

[[Page 12161]]

severity of injury, and sound energy is distributed over a greater 
amount of time (Nedwell and Edwards 2002; Carlson et al., 2005). 
Drilling to insert the steel piles (not for tension anchors) will be 
operated by a down-hole hammer. A down-hole hammer is a drill bit that 
drills through the bedrock using a pulse mechanism that functions at 
the bottom of the hole. This pulsing bit breaks up rock to allow 
removal of debris and insertion of the pile. The head extends so that 
the drilling takes place below the pile. The pulsing sounds produced by 
the hammer method are continuous and reduces sound attenuation because 
the noise is primarily contained within the steel pile and below ground 
rather than impact hammer driving methods which occur at the top of the 
pile (R&M 2016).

Acoustic Impacts

    Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range of frequencies and sound 
levels and can have a range of highly variable impacts on marine life, 
from none or minor to potentially severe responses, depending on 
received levels, duration of exposure, behavioral context, and various 
other factors. The potential effects of underwater sound from active 
acoustic sources can potentially result in one or more of the 
following; temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and 
masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 
2007; Southall et al., 2007; Gotz et al., 2009). The degree of effect 
is intrinsically related to the signal characteristics, received level, 
distance from the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In 
general, sudden, high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can 
longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of 
hearing will occur almost exclusively for noise within an animal's 
hearing range. We first describe specific manifestations of acoustic 
effects before providing discussion specific to ADOT&PF's construction 
activities.
    Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of 
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a 
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing 
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be 
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to 
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone 
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and 
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological 
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high 
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause 
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying 
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e., 
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to 
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing 
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
    We describe the more severe effects (i.e., permanent hearing 
impairment, certain non-auditory physical or physiological effects) 
only briefly as we do not expect that there is a reasonable likelihood 
that ADOT&PF's activities may result in such effects (see below for 
further discussion). Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or 
to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing 
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at 
certain frequency ranges (Kastak et al., 1999; Schlundt et al., 2000; 
Finneran et al., 2002, 2005b). TS can be permanent (PTS), in which case 
the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable, or temporary 
(TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would recover over 
time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that leads to TTS 
could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be total or partial 
deafness, while in most cases the animal has an impaired ability to 
hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter 1985).
    When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in 
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue 
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other 
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of 
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical 
injury (e.g., Ward 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to 
constitute auditory injury.
    Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied 
in marine mammals--PTS data exists only for a single harbor seal 
(Kastak et al., 2008)--but are assumed to be similar to those in humans 
and other terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels 
at least several dB above a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS 
onset; e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974 found that inducing mild 
TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift) approximates TTS onset (e.g., Southall et 
al., 2007). Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary 
assumption is that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as 
impact pile driving pulses as received close to the source) are at 
least 6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and 
PTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher 
than TTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 
2007). Given the higher level of sound or longer exposure duration 
necessary to cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less 
likely that PTS could occur.
    TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during 
exposure to sound (Kryter 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing 
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be 
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or 
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing 
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data 
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been 
obtained for marine mammals.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there 
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger 
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during a time when 
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could 
have more serious impacts.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), beluga whale (Delphinapterus 
leucas), harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena 
asiaeorientalis) and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant 
seal, harbor seal, and California sea lion) exposed to a limited number 
of sound sources (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band noise) in 
laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al., 2002; Nachtigall et al., 
2004; Kastak et al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011). In 
general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al., 2012a) 
and harbor porpoises (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have 
a lower TTS onset than other measured pinniped or cetacean species. 
Additionally, the

[[Page 12162]]

existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited number of 
individuals within these species. There are no data available on noise-
induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on TTS in 
marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset thresholds, 
please see Southall et al. (2007) and Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
    In addition to PTS and TTS, there is a potential for non-auditory 
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in 
marine mammals exposed to high level underwater sound or as a secondary 
effect of extreme behavioral reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as 
a result of an avoidance reaction) caused by exposure to sound. These 
impacts can include neurological effects, bubble formation, resonance 
effects, and other types of organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; 
Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack 2007). The AKOT & PF's 
activities do not involve the use of devices such as explosives or mid-
frequency active sonar that are associated with these types of effects.
    When a live or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and is 
incapable of returning to sea, the event is termed a ``stranding'' (16 
U.S.C. 1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known to strand for a variety of 
reasons, such as infectious agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery 
interaction, ship strike, unusual oceanographic or weather events, 
sound exposure, or combinations of these stressors sustained 
concurrently or in series (e.g., Geraci et al., 1999). However, the 
cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (e.g., Best 1982). 
Combinations of dissimilar stressors may combine to kill an animal or 
dramatically reduce its fitness, even though one exposure without the 
other would not be expected to produce the same outcome (e.g., Sih et 
al., 2004). For further description of stranding events see, e.g., 
Southall et al., 2006; Jepson et al., 2013; Wright et al., 2013.
    Behavioral effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of 
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief 
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous 
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or 
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment 
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly 
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous 
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, 
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, 
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., 
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; 
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not 
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on 
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other 
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on 
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is 
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source). 
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of 
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; 
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to 
loud-pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic 
harassment devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance 
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and 
Symonds 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005). 
However, there are broad categories of potential response, which we 
describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et al., 
2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may 
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g., 
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact 
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure 
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the 
type and magnitude of the response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be

[[Page 12163]]

unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and signal 
characteristics, again highlighting the importance in understanding 
species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise when 
determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
(Eubalaena glacialis) have been observed to shift the frequency content 
of their calls upward while reducing the rate of calling in areas of 
increased anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases, 
animals may cease sound production during production of aversive 
signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path because of the presence of a sound or other stressors, 
and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance in marine 
mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
(Eschrictius robustus) are known to change direction--deflecting from 
customary migratory paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys 
(Malme et al., 1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals 
returning to the area once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey 
et al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is possible, however, which may 
lead to changes in abundance or distribution patterns of the affected 
species in the affected region if habituation to the presence of the 
sound does not occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus 1996). The result of a flight response could range from brief, 
temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the signal 
provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings (Evans 
and England 2001). However, it should be noted that response to a 
perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and Reeves 
2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may influence 
the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Stress responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be 
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination 
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses, 
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950; Moberg 
2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most economical 
(in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral avoidance of the 
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses to stress 
typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short 
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an 
animal's fitness.
    Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that 
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune 
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg 1987; Blecha 
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated 
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of 
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores 
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such 
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious 
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient 
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, 
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of 
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves 
sufficient to restore normal function.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well studied through 
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals 
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; 
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to 
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects 
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker 2000; Romano 
et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations (e.g., 
Romano et al., 2002a). For

[[Page 12164]]

example, Rolland et al. (2012) found that noise reduction from reduced 
ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was associated with decreased stress 
in North Atlantic right whales. These and other studies lead to a 
reasonable expectation that some marine mammals will experience 
physiological stress responses upon exposure to acoustic stressors and 
that it is possible that some of these would be classified as 
``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS would likely 
also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
    Auditory masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or 
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or 
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for 
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection, 
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995). Masking 
occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by another 
coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or higher 
intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., snapping 
shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, 
sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise source to 
mask biologically important sounds depends on the characteristics of 
both the noise source and the signal of interest (e.g., signal-to-noise 
ratio, temporal variability, direction), in relation to each other and 
to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency range, 
critical ratios, frequency discrimination, directional discrimination, 
age or TTS hearing loss), and existing ambient noise and propagation 
conditions.
    Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing 
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their 
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the 
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment 
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to 
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from 
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking 
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological 
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a 
potential behavioral effect.
    The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important 
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation 
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection 
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important 
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. 
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be 
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g., 
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as 
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000; 
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007b; Di Iorio and Clark 2009; Holt 
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal 
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995), 
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other 
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can be tested 
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild populations 
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking 
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking 
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., 
Branstetter et al., 2013).
    Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and 
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the 
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency 
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial 
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping 
(Hildebrand 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially 
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic), 
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.

Acoustic Effects, Underwater

    Potential Effects of DTH drilling and Pile Driving--The effects of 
sounds from DTH drilling and pile driving might include one or more of 
the following: temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, and masking 
(Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; 
Southall et al., 2007). The effects of pile driving or drilling on 
marine mammals are dependent on several factors, including the type and 
depth of the animal; the pile size and type, and the intensity and 
duration of the pile driving or drilling sound; the substrate; the 
standoff distance between the pile and the animal; and the sound 
propagation properties of the environment. Impacts to marine mammals 
from pile driving and DTH drilling activities are expected to result 
primarily from acoustic pathways. As such, the degree of effect is 
intrinsically related to the frequency, received level, and duration of 
the sound exposure, which are in turn influenced by the distance 
between the animal and the source. The further away from the source, 
the less intense the exposure should be. The substrate and depth of the 
habitat affect the sound propagation properties of the environment. In 
addition, substrates that are soft (e.g., sand) would absorb or 
attenuate the sound more readily than hard substrates (e.g., rock), 
which may reflect the acoustic wave. Soft porous substrates would also 
likely require less time to drive the pile, and possibly less forceful 
equipment, which would ultimately decrease the intensity of the 
acoustic source.
    In the absence of mitigation, impacts to marine species could be 
expected to include physiological and behavioral responses to the 
acoustic signature (Viada et al., 2008). Potential effects from 
impulsive sound sources like pile driving can range in severity from 
effects such as behavioral disturbance to temporary or permanent 
hearing impairment (Yelverton et al., 1973). Due to the nature of the 
pile driving sounds in the project, behavioral disturbance is the most 
likely effect from the proposed activity. Marine mammals exposed to 
high intensity sound repeatedly or for prolonged periods can experience 
hearing threshold shifts. PTS constitutes injury, but TTS does not 
(Southall et al., 2007). Based on the best scientific information 
available, the SPLs for the construction activities in this project are 
below the thresholds that could cause TTS or the onset of PTS (Table 5 
in Estimated Take Section).
    Non-Auditory Physiological Effects--Non-auditory physiological 
effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals 
exposed to strong underwater sound include stress, neurological 
effects, bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ 
or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007). Studies 
examining such effects are limited. In general, little is known about 
the potential for pile driving or removal to cause auditory impairment 
or other physical effects in marine mammals. Available data suggest 
that such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably be limited to 
short distances from the sound source and to activities that extend 
over a prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification 
of a specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected

[[Page 12165]]

(Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative predictions of 
the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be affected in those 
ways. Marine mammals that show behavioral avoidance of pile driving, 
including some odontocetes and some pinnipeds, are especially unlikely 
to incur auditory impairment or non-auditory physical effects.

Disturbance Reactions

    Responses to continuous sound, such as vibratory pile installation, 
have not been documented as well as responses to pulsed sounds. With 
both types of pile driving, it is likely that the onset of pile driving 
could result in temporary, short-term changes in an animal's typical 
behavior and/or avoidance of the affected area. These behavioral 
changes may include (Richardson et al., 1995): Changing durations of 
surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or moving direction 
and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; changing/cessation of 
certain behavioral activities (such as socializing or feeding); visible 
startle response or aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or 
jaw clapping); avoidance of areas where sound sources are located; and/
or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts 
or rookeries). Pinnipeds may increase their haul-out time, possibly to 
avoid in-water disturbance (Thorson and Reyff 2006). If a marine mammal 
responds to a stimulus by changing its behavior (e.g., through 
relatively minor changes in locomotion direction/speed or vocalization 
behavior), the response may or may not constitute taking at the 
individual level, and is unlikely to affect the stock or the species as 
a whole. However, if a sound source displaces marine mammals from an 
important feeding or breeding area for a prolonged period, impacts on 
animals, and if so potentially on the stock or species, could 
potentially be significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder 2007; Weilgart 
2007).
    The biological significance of many of these behavioral 
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected 
disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral 
modification could be biologically significant if the change affects 
growth, survival, or reproduction. Significant behavioral modifications 
that could potentially lead to effects on growth, survival, or 
reproduction include:
     Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as 
those thought to cause beaked whale stranding due to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Longer-term habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable 
acoustic environment; and
     Longer-term cessation of feeding or social interaction.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and 
their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals 
(hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to 
predict (Southall et al., 2007).

Auditory Masking

    Natural and artificial sounds can disrupt behavior by masking. The 
frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important in 
determining any potential behavioral impacts. Because sound generated 
from in-water pile driving and removal and DTH drilling is mostly 
concentrated at low-frequency ranges, it may have less effect on high 
frequency echolocation sounds made by porpoises. The most intense 
underwater sounds in the proposed action are those produced by impact 
pile driving. Given that the energy distribution of pile driving covers 
a broad frequency spectrum, sound from these sources would likely be 
within the audible range of marine mammals present in the project area. 
Impact pile driving activity is relatively short-term, with rapid 
pulses occurring for approximately fifteen minutes per pile. The 
probability for impact pile driving resulting from this proposed action 
masking acoustic signals important to the behavior and survival of 
marine mammal species is low. Vibratory pile driving is also relatively 
short-term, with rapid oscillations occurring for approximately one and 
a half hours per pile. It is possible that vibratory pile driving 
resulting from this proposed action may mask acoustic signals important 
to the behavior and survival of marine mammal species, but the short-
term duration and limited affected area would result in insignificant 
impacts from masking. Any masking event that could possibly rise to 
Level B harassment under the MMPA would occur concurrently within the 
zones of behavioral harassment already estimated for DTH drilling and 
vibratory and impact pile driving, and which have already been taken 
into account in the exposure analysis.
    Acoustic Effects, Airborne--Pinnipeds that occur near the project 
site could be exposed to airborne sounds associated with pile driving 
and removal and DTH drilling that have the potential to cause 
behavioral harassment, depending on their distance from pile driving 
activities. Cetaceans are not expected to be exposed to airborne sounds 
that would result in harassment as defined under the MMPA.
    Airborne noise will primarily be an issue for pinnipeds that are 
swimming or hauled out near the project site within the range of noise 
levels elevated above the acoustic criteria. We recognize that 
pinnipeds in the water could be exposed to airborne sound that may 
result in behavioral harassment when looking with their heads above 
water. Most likely, airborne sound would cause behavioral responses 
similar to those discussed above in relation to underwater sound. For 
instance, anthropogenic sound could cause hauled-out pinnipeds to 
exhibit changes in their normal behavior, such as reduction in 
vocalizations, or cause them to temporarily abandon the area and move 
further from the source. However, these animals would previously have 
been `taken' because of exposure to underwater sound above the 
behavioral harassment thresholds, which are in all cases larger than 
those associated with airborne sound. Thus, the behavioral harassment 
of these animals is already accounted for in these estimates of 
potential take. Multiple instances of exposure to sound above NMFS' 
thresholds for behavioral harassment are not believed to result in 
increased behavioral disturbance, in either nature or intensity of 
disturbance reaction. Therefore, we do not believe that authorization 
of incidental take resulting from airborne sound for pinnipeds is 
warranted, and airborne sound is not discussed further here.

Anticipated Effects on Habitat

    The proposed activities at the project area would not result in 
permanent negative impacts to habitats used directly by marine mammals, 
but may have potential short-term impacts to food sources such as 
forage fish and may affect acoustic habitat (see masking discussion 
above). There are no known foraging hotspots or other ocean bottom 
structure of significant biological importance to marine mammals 
present in the marine waters of the project area during the 
construction window. Therefore, the main impact issue associated with 
the proposed activity would be temporarily elevated sound levels and 
the associated direct effects on marine mammals, as discussed 
previously in this document. The primary potential acoustic impacts to 
marine mammal habitat are associated with elevated sound levels 
produced by vibratory and impact pile driving and removal and DTH 
drilling in the area. However, other potential impacts to the

[[Page 12166]]

surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also possible.

In-Water Construction Effects on Potential Prey (Fish)

    Construction activities would produce continuous (i.e., vibratory 
pile driving and DTH drilling) and pulsed (i.e. impact driving) sounds. 
Fish react to sounds that are especially strong and/or intermittent 
low-frequency sounds. Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or 
subtle changes in fish behavior and local distribution. Hastings and 
Popper (2005) identified several studies that suggest fish may relocate 
to avoid certain areas of sound energy. Additional studies have 
documented effects of pile driving on fish, although several are based 
on studies in support of large, multiyear bridge construction projects 
(e.g., Scholik and Yan 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings 2009). Sound 
pulses at received levels of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in fish 
behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable changes in behavior 
(Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs of sufficient 
strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish mortality.
    The most likely impact to fish from pile driving and drilling 
activities at the project area would be temporary behavioral avoidance 
of the area. The duration of fish avoidance of this area after pile 
driving stops is unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment, 
distribution and behavior is anticipated. In general, impacts to marine 
mammal prey species are expected to be minor and temporary due to the 
short timeframe for the project.

Pile Driving Effects on Potential Foraging Habitat

    The area likely impacted by the project is relatively small 
compared to the available habitat in Tenakee Inlet (e.g., most of the 
impacted area is limited near the mouth of the inlet. Avoidance by 
potential prey (i.e., fish) of the immediate area due to the temporary 
loss of this foraging habitat is also possible. The duration of fish 
avoidance of this area after pile driving stops is unknown, but a rapid 
return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is anticipated. 
Any behavioral avoidance by fish of the disturbed area would still 
leave significantly large areas of fish and marine mammal foraging 
habitat in the nearby vicinity in Tenakee Inlet.
    The duration of the construction activities is relatively short. 
The construction window is for a maximum of 93 days and each day, 
construction activities would only occur for a few hours during the 
day. Impacts to habitat and prey are expected to be minimal based on 
the short duration of activities.
    In summary, given the short daily duration of sound associated with 
individual pile driving and drilling events and the relatively small 
areas being affected, pile driving and drilling activities associated 
with the proposed action are not likely to have a permanent, adverse 
effect on any fish habitat, or populations of fish species. Thus, any 
impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant 
or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their 
populations.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both 
NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is ``small'' and the 
negligible impact determination.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of 
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a 
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); 
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal 
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, 
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, 
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment only, in the form 
of disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals 
resulting from exposure to pile driving and drilling. Based on the 
nature of the activity and the anticipated effectiveness of the 
mitigation measures (i.e., shutdowns--discussed in detail below in 
Proposed Mitigation section), Level A harassment is neither anticipated 
nor proposed to be authorized. As described previously, no mortality is 
anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we 
describe how the take is estimated.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.

Acoustic Thresholds

    Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic 
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above 
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be 
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS 
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly 
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from 
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by 
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability, 
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving 
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral 
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, 
Ellison et al., 2011). Based on what the available science indicates 
and the practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is 
both predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a 
generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the 
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are 
likely to be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider Level B 
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above 
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for continuous (e.g. 
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns and impact pile 
driving) or intermittent (e.g., scientific sonar) sources.
    ADOT&PF's proposed activity includes the use of continuous 
(vibratory pile driving and drilling) and impulsive (impact pile 
driving) sources, and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
thresholds are applicable.
    Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical 
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine 
Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance, 2016) identifies dual criteria to 
assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine 
mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) because of exposure to 
noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive).
    These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the 
best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both 
the public and

[[Page 12167]]

peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are provided in Table 5 
below. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the 
development of the thresholds are described in NMFS' 2016 Technical 
Guidance, which may be accessed at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm.

                     Table 5--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    PTS onset acoustic thresholds \1\ (received level)
             Hearing group              ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Impulsive                         Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency cetaceans................  Lpk,flat: 219 dB;           LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                          LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-frequency cetaceans................  Lpk,flat: 230 dB;           LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                          LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-frequency cetaceans...............  Lpk,flat: 202 dB;           LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                          LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (underwater)..........  Lpk,flat: 218 dB;           LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                          LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (underwater).........  Lpk,flat: 232 dB;           LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                          LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ NMFS 2016.

    Although ADOT&PF's construction activity includes the use of 
impulsive (impact pile driving) and non-impulsive (vibratory pile 
driving and drilling) sources, the shutdown zones set by the applicant 
are large enough to ensure Level A harassment will be prevented. The 
level A zones for the proposed project are illustrated in Table 7. The 
highest level A zone shown (176 meters for high- and low-frequency 
cetaceans) is roughly 24 meters less than the total distance of the 
largest shutdown zone (200 meters for high- and low-frequency 
cetaceans). To assure the largest shutdown zone can be fully monitored, 
protected species observers (PSOs) will be positioned in the possible 
best vantage points during all piling/drilling activities to guarantee 
a shutdown if a high- and/or low-frequency cetacean approaches or 
enters the 200-meter shutdown zone. These measures are described in 
full detail below in the Proposed Mitigation and Monitoring Sections.

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the 
acoustic thresholds.
    The sound field in the project area is the existing background 
noise plus additional construction noise from the proposed project. 
Marine mammals are expected to be affected via sound generated by the 
primary components of the project, i.e., impact pile driving, vibratory 
pile driving, and vibratory pile removal. Vibratory hammers produce 
constant sound when operating, and produce vibrations that liquefy the 
sediment surrounding the pile, allowing it to penetrate to the required 
seating depth. An impact hammer would then generally be used to place 
the pile at its intended depth. The actual durations of each 
installation method vary depending on the type and size of the pile. An 
impact hammer is a steel device that works like a piston, producing a 
series of independent strikes to drive the pile. Impact hammering 
typically generates the loudest noise associated with pile 
installation. Factors that could potentially minimize the potential 
impacts of pile installation associated with the project include:
     The relatively shallow waters in the project area (Taylor 
et al., 2008);
     Land forms around Tenakee Springs that would block the 
noise from spreading; and
     Vessel traffic and other commercial and industrial 
activities in the project area that contribute to elevated background 
noise levels.
    In order to calculate distances to the Level A and Level B sound 
thresholds for piles of various sizes being used in this project, NMFS 
used acoustic monitoring data from other locations (see Table 6). Note 
that piles of differing sizes have different sound source levels.
    Empirical data from recent ADOT&PF sound source verification (SSV) 
studies at Ketchikan, Kodiak, and Auke Bay, Alaska were used to 
estimate sound source levels (SSLs) for vibratory, impact, and drilling 
installations of 30-inch steel pipe piles (MacGillivray et al., 2016, 
Warner and Austin 2016b, Denes et al., 2016a, respectively). These 
Alaskan construction sites were generally assumed to best represent the 
environmental conditions found in Tenakee and represent the nearest 
available source level data for 30-inch steel piles. Similarities among 
the sites include thin layers of soft sediments overlying a bedrock 
layer and comparable bedrock depths. However, the use of data from 
Alaska sites was not appropriate in all instances. Details are 
described below.
    For vibratory driving of 24-inch steel piles, data from two Navy 
project locations in the state of Washington were reviewed. These 
include data from proxy sound source values at Navy installations in 
Puget Sound (Navy, 2015) and along the waterfront at Naval Base Kitsap 
(NBK), Bangor (Navy 2012). After assessing these two sources, ADOT&PF 
selected an average source level of 161 dB rms, which NMFS concurs with 
as an appropriate sound source. In addition, for a fourth project at 
NBK, Bangor, construction crews drove 16-inch hollow steel piles with 
measured levels similar to those for the 24-inch piles. Therefore, NMFS 
elects to use 161 dB rms as a source level for vibratory driving of 18-
inch and 16-inch steel piles.
    For vibratory driving of 14-inch steel and timber piles and 12.75-
inch steel piles, ADOT&PF suggested a source level of 155 dB rms, which 
NMFS also concurs with. This source level was derived from summary data 
pertaining to vibratory driving of 18-inch steel piles in Kake, Alaska 
(MacGillivray 2015).
    In their application, ADOT&PF derived source levels for impact 
driving of 30-inch steel piles by averaging the individual mean values 
associated with impact driving of the same size and type from Ketchikan 
(Warner and Austin 2016a). Mean values from Ketchikan were the most 
conservative dataset for 30-inch impact pile driving in Southeast 
Alaska. The average mean value from this dataset was 194.7 dB rms and 
180.8 dB SEL.
    For 24-inch impact pile driving, NMFS used data from a Navy (2015) 
study of proxy sound source values for use at Puget Sound military 
installations. The Navy study recommended a value of 193 dB rms and 181 
dB SEL, which was derived from data generated by impact driving of 24-
inch steel piles at the Bainbridge Island Ferry Terminal Preservation 
project and the Friday Harbor Restoration Ferry Terminal project. NMFS 
found this estimated source level to be appropriate.

[[Page 12168]]

    For impact driving of 20, 18, and 14-inch steel piles, ADOT&PF used 
source levels of 186.6 dB, 158 dB, and 158 dB respectively. These 
source levels were derived from Caltrans SSV studies at the Stockton 
Wastewater Treatment Plant (20-inch) and Caltrans SSV studies at 
Prichard Lake Pumping Plant in Sacramento, CA (18 and 14-inch) 
(Caltrans 2015). In regards to the proposed drilling activities, a 
source level of 165 dB for all pile types originated from ADOT&PF SSV 
studies for piling operations in Kodiak, Alaska (Warner and Austin 
2016b).

   Table 6--Estimates of Mean Underwater Sound Levels Generated During Vibratory and Impact Pile Installation,
                                      Drilling, and Vibratory Pile Removal
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Sound level at 10 meters
      Method and pile type        Installation, removal, or  --------------------------------- Literature source
                                           proofing             dB rms     dB SEL    dB peak
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vibratory Hammer:
    30-inch steel piles........  Install....................      165.0  .........  .........  Derived from
                                                                                                Warner and
                                                                                                Austin 2016a &
                                                                                                Denes et al.
                                                                                                2016.
    24-inch steel piles........  Install....................      161.0  .........  .........  Navy 2012, 2015.
    20-inch steel piles........  Install....................      161.0  .........  .........  Navy 2012, 2015.
    18-inch steel piles........  Remove, Install............      161.0  .........  .........  Navy 2012, 2015.
    16-inch steel piles........  Remove.....................      161.0  .........  .........  Navy 2012, 2015.
    14-inch steel piles........  Remove.....................      155.0  .........  .........  MacGillivray et
                                                                                                al. 2015.
    14-inch timber piles.......  Remove, Install............      155.0  .........  .........  MacGillivray et
                                                                                                al. 2015.
    12.75-inch steel piles.....  Remove.....................      155.0  .........  .........  MacGillivray et
                                                                                                al. 2015.
Drilling:
    30-inch steel piles........  Install....................      165.0  .........  .........  Derived from
                                                                                                Warner and
                                                                                                Austin 2016b.
    24-inch steel piles........  Install....................      165.0  .........  .........  Derived from
                                                                                                Warner and
                                                                                                Austin 2016b.
    20-inch steel piles........  Install....................      165.0  .........  .........  Derived from
                                                                                                Warner and
                                                                                                Austin 2016b.
    18-inch steel piles........  Install....................      165.0  .........  .........  Derived from
                                                                                                Warner and
                                                                                                Austin 2016b.
Impact Hammer:
    30-inch steel piles........  Proofing...................      194.7      180.8      208.6  Warner and Austin
                                                                                                2016a.
    24-inch steel piles........  Proofing...................      193.0      181.0      210.0  Navy 2015 (from
                                                                                                82 FR 31400).
    20-inch steel piles........  Proofing...................      186.5      175.5      207.0  Caltrans 2015.
    18-inch steel piles........  Proofing...................      158.0  .........      174.0  Caltrans 2015.
    14-inch timber piles.......  Install....................      158.0  .........      174.0  Caltrans 2015.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The formula below is used to calculate underwater sound 
propagation. Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease in acoustic 
intensity as an acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a source. TL 
parameters vary with frequency, temperature, sea conditions, current, 
source and receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and bottom 
composition and topography. The general formula for underwater TL is:

TL = B * log 10 (R\1\/R\2\)

    \1\ The distance of the modeled SPL from the driven pile.
    \2\ The distance from the driven pile of the initial 
measurement.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Where:

TL = transmission loss in dB
B = transmission loss coefficient; for practical spreading equals 15

    NMFS typically recommends a default practical spreading loss of 15 
dB tenfold increase in distance. ADOT&PF analyzed the available 
underwater acoustic data utilizing this metric.
    When NMFS' Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in recognition 
of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more technically 
challenging to predict because of the duration component in the new 
thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help 
predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine 
mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that 
because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for 
these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going 
to be overestimates of some degree, which will result in some degree of 
overestimate of Level A take. However, these tools offer the best way 
to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling 
methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to 
quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address the 
output where appropriate. For stationary sources such as pile driving 
and drilling, NMFS' User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at 
which, if a marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration 
of the activity, it would not incur PTS. Inputs used in the User 
Spreadsheet and the resulting isopleths are reported in Tables 6 and 7.

                     Table 7--Calculated Distances to Level A and Level B Harassment Isopleths During Pile Installation and Removal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Level A harassment zone (meters) \1\         Level B
                                                                                   Piles    ---------------------------------------------   harassment
                 Type of pile                              Activity              installed           Cetaceans              Pinnipeds     zone (meters),
                                                                                 or removed ---------------------------------------------  cetaceans and
                                                                                  per day       LF       MF       HF       PW       OW     pinnipeds \2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Vibratory (120 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel................................  Install \4\....................            3       11        1       16        7        1          10,000

[[Page 12169]]

 
24-inch steel, 20-inch steel, 18-inch steel..  Install \4\....................            3        6        1        9        4        1           5,412
18-inch steel, 16-inch steel.................  Remove \4\.....................           10       13        2       19        8        1           5,412
14-inch steel, 14-inch timber, 12.75-inch      Remove \5\.....................           10        5        1        8        3        1           2,154
 steel.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Drilling (120 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel, 20-inch steel.................  Install \6\....................            3       55        5       81       34        3          10,000
24-inch steel, 18-inch steel.................  Install \7\....................            3       42        4       62       26        2          10,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Impact (160 dB) \3\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel................................  Proofing.......................            1       70        3       82       37        3           2,057
                                               ...............................            2      110        4      131       59        5
                                               ...............................            3      144        6      171       77        6
24-inch steel................................  Proofing.......................            1       71        3       85       38        3           1,585
                                               ...............................            2      113        4      135       61        5
                                               ...............................            3      148        6      176       79        6
20-inch steel................................  Proofing.......................            3       64        3       76       34        3             584
18-inch steel................................  Proofing.......................            3       <1       <1       <1       <1       <1               7
14-inch timber...............................  Install........................           10       <1       <1       <1       <1       <1               7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Level A Isopleths Calculated Using NMFS' 2016 Acoustic User Spreadsheet. Source level set at a distance of 10 Meters, a weighting factor adjustment
  of 2kHz for impulse sources and 2.5kHz for continuous sources, and a propagation loss value of 15 LogR.
\2\ Level B Isopleths Calculated using Practical Spreading Loss Model. Source level set at a distance of 10 meters and and a propagation loss value of
  15 LogR.
\3\ 30 Strikes per pile.
\4\ 45 minute activity duration.
\5\ 2.5 hour activity duration.
\6\ 9 hour activity duration.
\7\ 6 hour activity duration.

    Pulse duration from the SSV studies described above are unknown. 
However, all necessary parameters were available for the SELcum 
(cumulative Single Strike Equivalent) method for calculating isopleths 
for 30-inch, 24-inch, and 20-inch impact piles. Therefore, this method 
was selected for those piles. To account for potential variations in 
daily productivity during impact installation, isopleths were 
calculated for different numbers of piles that could be installed each 
day (see Table 7). Should the contractor expect to install fewer piles 
in a day than the maximum anticipated, a smaller Level A shutdown zone 
would be employed to monitor take.
    To derive Level A harassment isopleths associated with impact 
driving 30-inch steel piles, ADOT&PF utilized a single strike SEL of 
180.8 dB and assumed 30 strikes per pile for 1 to 3 piles per day. For 
24-inch and 20-inch steel piles, ADOT&PF used a single strike SEL of 
181 dB SEL and 175.5 SEL respectively, also assuming 30 strikes at a 
rate of 1 to 3 piles per day. To calculate Level A harassment isopleths 
associated with impact piling 18-inch and 14-inch steel/timber piles, a 
source level (rms SPL) of 158dB was used with a pulse duration of .05 
seconds.
    To calculate Level A harassment for vibratory driving of 30-inch 
piles, ADOT&PF utilized a source level (rms SPL) of 165 dB and assumed 
45 minutes of driving per day. For installing 24, 20, and 18-inch 
piles, ADOT&PF used a source level of 161 dB and assumed up to 45 
minutes of driving per day. For removal of 18 and 16-inch piles, 
ADOT&PF assumed use of 18-inch piles and used the same source level of 
161 dB for up to 45 minutes. Level A harassment for the installation/
removal of piles 14-inches and under in diameter used a source level of 
155 dB rms and assumed 2.5 hours of driving/removal a day. In regards 
to Level A for drilling, a source level of 165 dB rms was used for all 
pile types with varying levels of activity for each pile type (see 
Tables 1 & 2 for information on drilling duration and max number of 
piles drilled each day). Results for all Level A isopleths are shown in 
Table 7. Isopleths for Level B harassment associated with impact (160 
dB) and vibratory harassment (120 dB) were also calculated and are 
included in Table 7.
    It is important to note that the actual area ensonified by pile 
driving activities is constrained by local topography relative to the 
total threshold radius (particularly for the Level B ensonified zones). 
The actual ensonified area was determined using a straight line-of-
sight projection from the anticipated pile driving locations. Overall, 
Level A harassment zones for impact installation are relatively small 
because of the few strikes required to proof the piles. The maximum 
aquatic areas ensonified within the Level A harassment isopleths do not 
exceed 0.1 square km (see Figures 6-1 and Figure 6-2 in application). 
The corresponding areas of the Level B ensonified zones for impact 
driving and vibratory installation/removal are shown in Table 8 below.

[[Page 12170]]



Table 8--Calculated Areas Ensonified Within Level B Harassment Isopleths
                  During Pile Installation and Removal
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Level B
                                                            harassment
           Type of pile                   Activity         zone (km\2\),
                                                           cetaceans and
                                                             pinnipeds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Vibratory (120 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel.....................  Install.............            78.9
24-, 20-, 18-, and 16-inch steel..  Install.............            45.3
14-, 12.75-inch steel, and 14-inch  Remove..............             7.3
 timber.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Drilling (120 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-, 24-, 20-, and 18-inch steel..  Install.............            78.9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Impact (160 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel.....................  Proofing............             6.7
24-inch steel.....................  Proofing............             4.0
20-inch steel.....................  Proofing............             0.6
18-inch steel.....................  Proofing............            <0.1
14-inch timber....................  Install.............            <0.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Marine Mammal Occurrence and Final Take Estimates

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations. Potential exposures to impact and vibratory pile driving 
noise for each threshold were estimated using local marine mammal 
density datasets where available and local observational data. As 
previously stated, only Level B take will be considered for this action 
as Level A take will be avoided via mitigation (see Mitigation and 
Monitoring Sections). As presented in Table 7, the largest Level A zone 
for the project is 176 meters for high- and low-frequency cetaceans. As 
a result, the shutdown zone (which is described in detail in the 
Proposed Mitigation Section) for these activities will be 200 meters 
for high- and low-frequency cetaceans. Level B take is calculated 
differently for some species based on differences in density, year-
round habitat use, and other contextual factors. See below for specific 
methodologies by species.
Steller Sea Lions
    Steller sea lion abundance in the project area is highly seasonal 
in nature with sea lions being most active between October and March 
(Figure 4-2). Level B exposure estimates are conservatively based on 
the average winter (October to March) abundance of 140 sea lions at the 
Tenakee Cannery haulout, which is 8.9 km away from the project site 
(Jemison, 2017, unpublished data). However, it is unlikely that the 
entire Steller sea lion population from the Tenakee Cannery haulout 
would forage to the west near the Tenakee Springs ferry terminal. 
Additionally, Steller sea lions do not generally forage every day, but 
tend to forage every 1-2 days and return to haulouts to rest between 
foraging trips (Merrick and Loughlin 1997; Rehburg et al., 2009). 
Overall, this information indicates that only half of the Steller sea 
lions at the Tenakee Cannery haulout (i.e., average of 140 during 
winter) is likely to approach the project site on any given day and be 
exposed to sound levels that constitute behavioral harassment. As a 
result, an estimated 70 individuals is a conservative estimate of the 
number of Steller sea lions likely to forage in the underwater 
behavioral harassment zone on a given day. Therefore: 70 Steller sea 
lions per day * 93 days of potential exposure = 6,510 potential 
exposures.
    To assign take to the eDPS and wDPS stocks of Steller sea lions, 
data from researchers at NMFS' Alaska Fisheries Science Center were 
used. Researchers at NMFS' Alaska Fisheries Science Center state that 
roughly 17.8 percent of Steller sea lions at the Tenakee Cannery Point 
haulout are members of the wDPS whereas 82.2 percent are from the eDPS 
(L. Fritz, pers. comm; L. Fritz, unpublished data). Therefore, it is 
estimated that only 1,159 takes (17.8 percent of 6,510) have the 
potential to occur for wDPS Steller sea lions and 5,351 (82.2 percent 
of 6,510) takes have the potential to occur for eDPS Steller sea lions. 
In addition, since there is only an average of 140 Steller sea lions 
located at the Tenakee Cannery haulout, it is predicted that only 115 
(82.2 percent of 140) individuals from the eDPS and 25 (17.8 percent of 
140) individuals from the wDPS have the potential to be harassed.
Harbor Seals
    Harbor seals are non-migratory; therefore, the exposure estimates 
are not dependent on season. We anticipate Level B harbor seal take to 
be relatively high, given the presence of three established haulouts 
within the largest (ten km) Level B harassment zone of the project 
site. The best available abundance estimate for Tenakee Inlet is 259 
individual harbor seals (London, J., pers. comm.).
    The number of harbor seals that could potentially be exposed to 
elevated sound levels for the project was estimated by calculating the 
percentage of available harbor seal habitat within the largest Level B 
harassment zone. Of the 233.35 square km of available habitat in 
Tenakee Inlet, 78.9 square km or 33.82 percent will be within the 
largest Level B harassment zone. Of the 259 harbor seals that haul out 
in the Inlet, approximately 87.57 harbor seals (33.82 percent of 259 
individuals) could be within the Level B harassment zone and exposed to 
sound levels that reach the Level B threshold each day. Therefore: 
87.57 harbor seals per day * 93 days of potential exposure = 8,144 
potential exposures.
Harbor Porpoises
    Harbor porpoises are non-migratory; therefore, our exposure 
estimates are not dependent on season. Harbor porpoise surveys 
conducted in southeast Alaska during the summers of 1991-1993, 2006, 
2007, and 2010-2012 included

[[Page 12171]]

Chatham Strait (near the action area). The average density estimate for 
all survey years in Chatham Strait was 0.013 harbor porpoise per square 
km (Dahlheim et al., 2015). Surveys in 1997, 1998, and 1999 reported an 
average harbor porpoise density of .033 per square km in Southeast 
Alaska (Hobbs and Waite 2010). Based on a more conservative density 
estimate of 0.033 harbor porpoise per square km in Southeast Alaska, we 
estimate that approximately 2.6 (.033*78.9) harbor porpoises could 
occur daily within the 78.9 square km (Table 8) Level B harassment 
zone. Therefore: 2.6 harbor porpoises per day * 93 days of potential 
exposure = 242 potential exposures.
Dall's Porpoises
    Dall's porpoise are non-migratory; therefore, our exposure 
estimates are not dependent on season. Based on anecdotal evidence 
citing rare occurrences of the species in the action area, we 
anticipate approximately one observation of a Dall's porpoise pod in 
the Level B harassment zone each week during construction (Lewis, S., 
pers. comm.). Based on an average pod size of 3.7 (Wade et al., 2003), 
we estimate 49 Dall's porpoise could be exposed to Level B harassment 
noise during the 93 day construction period (i.e., 3.7 individuals per 
week * 13.2 weeks of potential exposure = 48.84 (rounded up to 49) 
total potential exposures).
Killer Whales
    Local marine mammal experts indicate that approximately one killer 
whale pod is observed in Tenakee Inlet each month, year-round (Lewis, 
S., pers. comm.). It is assumed that all three killer whale stocks are 
equally likely to occur in the area because no data exist on relative 
abundance of the three stocks in Tenakee Inlet. The exposure estimate 
is conservatively based on a resident pod size, which has been 
quantified and is known to be larger than other stocks. Resident killer 
whales occur in a mean group size of 19.3 during the fall in southeast 
Alaska (Dahlheim et al., 2009). Therefore, we assume that a total of 
approximately 60 killer whales could be exposed to Level B harassment 
over the course of the project (i.e., [19.3 individuals per pod * 1 
pods per month] * 3.1 months = 59.83 [rounded up to 60]). Since there 
are no data that exist for killer stocks in Tenakee Inlet, 60 Level B 
takes were applied to each stock.
    Humpback whales are present in Tenakee Inlet year-round. Local 
experts indicate that as many as 12 humpback whales are present on some 
days from spring through fall, with lower numbers during the winter (S. 
Lewis and M. Dahlheim, pers. comm.). We conservatively estimate that 
half of those, or six individuals on average, could be exposed to Level 
B harassment during each day of pile installation and removal, 
therefore:

6 humpback whales per day * 93 days of exposure = 558 potential 
exposures.
Minke Whales
    Minke whales may be present in Tenakee Inlet year-round. Their 
abundance throughout southeast Alaska is very low, and anecdotal 
reports have not included minke whales near the project area. However, 
minke whales are distributed throughout a wide variety of habitats and 
could occur near the project area. Therefore, we conservatively 
estimate that one minke whale could be exposed to Level B harassment 
each month during construction or a total of three minke whales during 
the 93-day construction period.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to 
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned), and;
    (2) The practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on 
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, 
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the 
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
    In addition to the measures described later in this section, 
ADOT&PF will employ the following standard mitigation measures:
     Conduct briefings between construction supervisors and 
crews and the marine mammal monitoring team prior to the start of all 
pile driving activity, and when new personnel join the work, to explain 
responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring 
protocol, and operational procedures;
     For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving 
(e.g., standard barges, tug boats), if a marine mammal comes within 10 
m, operations shall cease and vessels shall reduce speed to the minimum 
level required to maintain steerage and safe working conditions. This 
type of work could include the following activities: (1) Movement of 
the barge to the pile location; or (2) positioning of the pile on the 
substrate via a crane (i.e., stabbing the pile);
     Work may only occur during daylight hours, when visual 
monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted;
     For those marine mammals for which Level B take has not 
been requested, in-water pile installation/removal and drilling will 
shut down immediately when the animals are sighted;
     If Level B take reaches the authorized limit for an 
authorized species, pile installation will be stopped as these species 
approach the Level B zone to avoid additional take of them.
    The following measures would apply to ADOT&PFs mitigation 
requirements:
    Establishment of Shutdown Zone for Level A--For all pile driving/
removal and drilling activities, ADOT&PF will establish a shutdown 
zone. The purpose of a shutdown zone is generally to define an area 
within which shutdown of activity would occur upon sighting of a marine 
mammal (or in anticipation of an animal entering the defined area). A 
conservative shutdown zone of 100 meters will be used during monitoring 
to prevent any form of incidental Level A exposure for most species. 
However, during impact installation of 24-inch

[[Page 12172]]

and 30-inch steel piles at a frequency of 2 or 3 piles per day, the 
Level A harassment zone exceeds the 100-meter shutdown zone for low- 
and high-frequency cetaceans (i.e., humpback whales, harbor porpoises, 
and Dall's porpoises; see Table 7). During these activities, PSOs will 
implement a 200-meter shutdown zone to avoid take of harbor porpoises, 
Dall's porpoises, minke whales, and humpback whales (low- and high-
frequency cetaceans). The placement of PSOs during all pile driving and 
drilling activities (described in detail in the Proposed Monitoring and 
Reporting Section) will ensure that the 200-meter shutdown zone is 
visible during impact installation of 24-inch and 30-inch steel piles 
at a frequency of two or three piles per day. Nonetheless, a 100-meter 
shutdown will be implemented for Steller sea lions, harbor seals, and 
killer whales during all activities.
    Establishment of Monitoring Zones for Level B--ADOT&PF will 
establish Level B disturbance zones or zones of influence (ZOI) which 
are areas where SPLs are equal to or exceed the 160 dB rms threshold 
for impact driving and the 120 dB rms threshold during vibratory 
driving and drilling. Monitoring zones provide utility for observing by 
establishing monitoring protocols for areas adjacent to the shutdown 
zones. Monitoring zones enable observers to be aware of and communicate 
the presence of marine mammals in the project area outside the shutdown 
zone and thus prepare for a potential cease of activity should the 
animal enter the shutdown zone. The Level B zones are depicted in Table 
7. As shown, the largest Level B zone is equal to 78.9 km\2\, making it 
impossible for the PSOs to view the entire harassment area. Due to 
this, Level B exposures will be recorded and extrapolated based upon 
the number of observed take and the percentage of the Level B zone that 
was not visible.
    Soft Start--The use of a soft-start procedure are believed to 
provide additional protection to marine mammals by providing warning 
and/or giving marine mammals a chance to leave the area prior to the 
hammer operating at full capacity. For impact pile driving, contractors 
will be required to provide an initial set of strikes from the hammer 
at 40 percent energy, each strike followed by no less than a 30-second 
waiting period. This procedure will be conducted a total of three times 
before impact pile driving begins. Soft Start is not required during 
vibratory pile driving and removal activities.
    Pre-Activity Monitoring--Prior to the start of daily in-water 
construction activity, or whenever a break in pile driving of 30 
minutes or longer occurs, the observer will observe the shutdown and 
monitoring zones for a period of 30 minutes. The shutdown zone will be 
cleared when a marine mammal has not been observed within the zone for 
that 30-minute period. If a marine mammal is observed within the 
shutdown zone, a soft-start cannot proceed until the animal has left 
the zone or has not been observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans) and 15 
minutes (for pinnipeds). If the Level B harassment zone has been 
observed for 30 minutes and non-permitted species are not present 
within the zone, soft start procedures can commence and work can 
continue even if visibility becomes impaired within the Level B zone. 
When a marine mammal permitted for Level B take is present in the Level 
B harassment zone, piling activities may begin and Level B take will be 
recorded. As stated above, if the entire Level B zone is not visible at 
the start of construction, piling or drilling activities can begin. If 
work ceases for more than 30 minutes, the pre-activity monitoring of 
both the Level B and shutdown zone will commence.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the 
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both for 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density);
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks;
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat); and
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.

Visual Monitoring

    Monitoring would be conducted 30 minutes before, during, and 30 
minutes after pile driving and removal activities. In addition, 
observers shall record all incidents of marine mammal occurrence, 
regardless of distance from activity, and shall document any behavioral 
reactions in concert with distance from piles being driven or removed. 
Pile driving activities include the time to install or remove a single 
pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of 
the pile driving equipment is no more than thirty minutes.
    PSOs would be land-based observers. A primary PSO would be placed 
at the terminal where pile driving would occur. A second observer would 
range the uplands on foot or by ATV via Tenakee Ave., and go from Grave 
Point east of the harbor up and west of the project site to get a full 
view of the Level A zone and as much of the Level B zone as possible. 
PSOs would scan the waters using binoculars, and/or spotting scopes, 
and would use a handheld GPS or range-finder device to verify the 
distance to each sighting from the project site. All PSOs would be 
trained in marine mammal identification and behaviors and are required 
to have no other project-related tasks while conducting monitoring. In 
addition, monitoring will be conducted by qualified observers, who will 
be placed at the best vantage point(s) practicable to monitor for 
marine mammals and implement shutdown/delay procedures when applicable 
by calling for the shutdown to the hammer operator. Qualified observers 
are trained and/or experienced professionals, with the following 
minimum qualifications:

[[Page 12173]]

     Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible) 
sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface 
with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars 
may be necessary to correctly identify the target.
     Independent observers (i.e., not construction personnel).
     Observers must have their CVs/resumes submitted to and 
approved by NMFS.
     Advanced education in biological science or related field 
(i.e., undergraduate degree or higher). Observers may substitute 
education or training for experience.
     Experience and ability to conduct field observations and 
collect data according to assigned protocols (this may include academic 
experience).
     At least one observer must have prior experience working 
as an observer.
     Experience or training in the field identification of 
marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors.
     Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the 
construction operation to provide for personal safety during 
observations.
     Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of 
observations including but not limited to the number and species of 
marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction 
activities were conducted; dates and times when in-water construction 
activities were suspended to avoid potential incidental injury from 
construction sound of marine mammals observed within a defined shutdown 
zone; and marine mammal behavior.
     Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with 
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals 
observed in the area as necessary.
    A draft marine mammal monitoring report would be submitted to NMFS 
within 90 days after the completion of pile driving and removal 
activities. It will include an overall description of work completed, a 
narrative regarding marine mammal sightings, and associated PSO data 
sheets. Specifically, the report must include:
     Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
     Construction activities occurring during each observation 
period;
     Weather parameters (e.g., percent cover, visibility);
     Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
     Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of 
marine mammals;
     Description of any observable marine mammal behavior 
patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from 
pile driving activity;
     Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals 
and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
     Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
     Other human activity in the area.
    If no comments are received from NMFS within 30 days, the draft 
final report will constitute the final report. If comments are 
received, a final report addressing NMFS comments must be submitted 
within 30 days after receipt of comments.
    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA 
(if issued), such as an injury, serious injury or mortality, ADOT&PF 
would immediately cease the specified activities and report the 
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office 
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding 
Coordinator. The report would include the following information:
     Description of the incident;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., Beaufort sea state, 
visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with ADOT&PF to 
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further 
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. ADOT&PF would not be able 
to resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or 
telephone.
    In the event that ADOT&PF discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or 
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less than 
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), 
ADOT&PF would immediately report the incident to the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 
and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska 
Regional Stranding Coordinator. The report would include the same 
information identified in the paragraph above. Activities would be able 
to continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS 
would work with ADOT&PF to determine whether modifications in the 
activities are appropriate.
    In the event that ADOT&PF discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not 
associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), ADOT&PF would report the incident 
to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or 
by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator, within 24 hours 
of the discovery. ADOT&PF would provide photographs, video footage (if 
available), or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to 
NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the 
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not 
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A 
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the 
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context 
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location, 
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness 
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of 
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population 
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing 
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other 
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this 
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as 
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and 
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or 
ambient noise levels).

[[Page 12174]]

    As stated in the proposed mitigation section, shutdown zones equal 
to or exceeding Level A isopleths shown in Table 7 will be implemented, 
and in this case, Level A take is not anticipated nor authorized. 
Behavioral responses of marine mammals to pile driving and removal at 
the ferry terminal, if any, are expected to be mild and temporary. 
Marine mammals within the Level B harassment zone may not show any 
visual cues they are disturbed by activities (as noted during 
modification to the Kodiak Ferry Dock) or could become alert, avoid the 
area, leave the area, or display other mild responses that are not 
observable such as changes in vocalization patterns. Given the short 
duration of noise-generating activities per day and that pile driving, 
removal, and drilling would occur for 93 days, any harassment would be 
temporary. In addition, the project was designed with relatively small-
diameter piles, which will avoid the elevated noise impacts associated 
with larger piles. In addition, there are no known biologically 
important areas near the project zone that would be moderately or 
significantly impacted by the construction activities. The region of 
Tenakee Inlet where the project will take place is located in a 
developed area with regular marine vessel traffic. Although there is a 
harbor seal haulout approximately one kilometer south of the project 
site, it would not be located within the project's Level B zone.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from 
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
     No mortality is anticipated or authorized.
     There are no known biologically important areas within the 
project area.
     ADOT&PF would implement mitigation measures such as 
vibratory driving piles to the maximum extent practicable, soft-starts, 
and shut downs.
     Monitoring reports from similar work in Alaska have 
documented little to no effect on individuals of the same species 
impacted by the specified activities.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on 
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in 
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small 
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may 
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of 
the activities.
    Overall, ADOT&PF proposes 15,566 total Level B takes of these 
marine mammals. Table 9 below shows take as a percent of population for 
each of the species listed above.

                   Table 9--Summary of the Estimated Numbers of Marine Mammals Potentially Exposed to Level B Harassment Sound Levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Proposed number of exposures to    Proposed number of individuals
            Species                   DPS/stock       level B harassment total and by    potentially exposed to level B        Stock        Percent of
                                                                   stock                           harassment                abundance    population \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steller sea lion...............  Eastern DPS.......  5,351............................  115 individuals.................          41,638            <0.3
                                 Western DPS.......  1,159............................  25 individuals..................          53,303            <0.1
Harbor seal....................  Glacier Bay/Icy     8,144............................  259 individuals.................           7,210             3.6
                                  Strait.
Harbor porpoise................  Southeast Alaska..  242..............................  242.............................             975            24.8
Dall's porpoise................  Alaska............  49...............................  49..............................          83,400            <0.1
Killer whale...................  West Coast          60...............................  60..............................             243            24.7
                                  transient.         60...............................  60..............................           2,347             2.6
                                 Alaska resident...  60...............................  60..............................             290            20.7
                                 Northern Resident.
Humpback whale.................  Mexico DPS/Central  558..............................  558.............................          10,103             5.5
                                  North Pacific.
Minke whale....................  Alaska............  3................................  3...............................             N/A             N/A
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total......................  ..................  15,686...........................  1,434...........................             N/A             N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The percent of population is based on the proportion of take that is expected to occur from each stock based on abundance (see Table 3). Killer
  whale stocks are assumed to be equally likely to occur.
N/A: Not Applicable or no stock population assessment is available.

    Table 9 presents the number of animals that could be exposed to 
received noise levels causing Level B harassment for the proposed work 
at the Tenakee Springs Ferry Terminal. Our analysis shows that less 
than 25 percent of each affected stock could be taken by harassment. 
Therefore, the numbers of animals authorized to be taken for all 
species would be considered small relative to the relevant stocks or 
populations even if each estimated taking occurred to a new 
individual--an extremely unlikely scenario. For pinnipeds, especially 
harbor seals and Steller sea lions, occurring in the vicinity of the 
project site, there will almost certainly be some overlap in 
individuals present day-to-day, and these takes are likely to occur 
only within some small portion of the overall regional stock. For 
harbor porpoise, the abundance estimates used in the percentage of 
population were taken from inland Southeast Alaska waters. These 
abundance estimates have not been corrected for g(0) and are likely 
conservative, therefore it is expected for the proposed percentage of 
population that will be taken to be overestimated. In addition, high 
percentage totals for northern resident (20.7 percent) and western 
transient (24.7 percent) killer whales were based on the possibility 
that all 60 takes for killer whales would

[[Page 12175]]

occur for each stock, which is a highly unlikely scenario.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity 
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the 
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small 
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size 
of the affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or 
stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability 
of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes. The 
proposed project is not known to occur in an important subsistence 
hunting area. It is a developed area with regular marine vessel 
traffic. However, DOT&PF plans to provide advanced public notice of 
construction activities to reduce construction impacts on local 
residents, ferry travelers, adjacent businesses, and other users of the 
Tenakee Springs ferry terminal and nearby areas. This will include 
notification to local Alaska Native tribes that may have members who 
hunt marine mammals for subsistence. Of the marine mammals considered 
in this IHA application, only harbor seals are known to be used for 
subsistence in the project area. If any tribes express concerns 
regarding project impacts to subsistence hunting of marine mammals, 
further communication between will take place, including provision of 
any project information, and clarification of any mitigation and 
minimization measures that may reduce potential impacts to marine 
mammals.
    Based on the description of the specified activity, the measures 
described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine 
mammals for subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and 
monitoring measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will 
not be an unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from ADOT&PF's 
proposed activities.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any 
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize 
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or 
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated 
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, 
NMFS consults internally, in this case with NMFS' Alaska Regional 
Office, whenever we propose to authorize take for endangered or 
threatened species.
    NMFS is proposing to authorize take of western DPS Steller sea 
lions and Mexico DPS humpback whales, which are listed under the ESA. 
The Permit and Conservation Division has requested initiation of 
Section 7 consultation with NMFS' Alaska Regional Office for the 
issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA consultation prior to 
reaching a determination regarding the proposed issuance of the 
authorization.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to ADOT&PF for conducting piling and drilling activities 
associated with improvements at the Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry 
terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska provided the previously mentioned 
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. 
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained 
in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
    1. This Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) is valid from 
June 1, 2019 to May 31, 2020.
    2. This IHA is valid only for in-water construction activities 
associated with improvements at the Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry 
terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska.
    3. General Conditions.
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of the ADOT&PF, 
its designees, work crew, and marine mammal monitoring personnel 
operating under the authority of this IHA.
    (b) The species authorized for taking are humpback whale (Megaptera 
novaeangliae), killer whale (Orcinus orca), Harbor porpoise (Phocoena 
phocoena), Dall's porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli), Steller sea lion 
(Eumetopias jubatus), and harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) and minke whale 
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata).
    (c) The taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the 
species/stocks listed in condition 3(b). See Table 1 for numbers of 
take authorized.
    (d) For those marine mammals for which Level B take has not been 
requested, in-water pile installation/removal and drilling shall shut 
down immediately when the animals are sighted.
    (e) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or 
death of any of the species listed in condition 3(b) of the 
Authorization or any taking of any other species of marine mammal is 
prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or 
revocation of this IHA.
    (f) ADOT&PF shall conduct briefings between construction 
supervisors and crews, marine mammal monitoring team, acoustical 
monitoring team, and ADOT&PF staff prior to the start of all piling and 
drilling activities, and when new personnel join the work, in order to 
explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal 
monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
    (g) Work may only occur during daylight hours, when visual 
monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted.
    4. Mitigation Measures.
    The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the 
following mitigation measures:
    (a) Shutdown Measures.
    (i) For all pile driving/removal and drilling activities, ADOT&PF 
shall implement shutdown measures in which operations shall cease if a 
marine mammal enters or approaches a shutdown zone for which it is not 
permitted to be in during piling or drilling operations. Shutdown zones 
are defined below.
    (ii) For all impact pile driving, vibratory pile driving/removal, 
and drilling the ADOT&PF shall implement a minimum shutdown zone of 100 
meters around each pile (undergoing piling/drilling activities) for all 
species authorized for Level B take.
    (iii) ADOT&PF shall implement a 200-meter radius shutdown zone for 
high- and low-frequency cetaceans (harbor porpoises, Dall's porpoises, 
minke whales, and humpback whales) during impact installation of 24-
inch and 30-inch steel piles at a frequency of two or three piles per 
day.
    (iv) ADOT&PF shall implement shutdown measures if the number of any 
allotted marine mammal Level B takes reaches the limit under the IHA 
and if such marine mammals are sighted within the vicinity of the 
project area and are approaching their respective Level A or Level B 
harassment zone.
    (v) If a marine mammal comes within 10 meters of in-water, heavy 
machinery work other than pile driving or drilling (e.g., standard 
barges, tugboats), operations shall cease and vessels shall reduce 
speed to the minimum level required to maintain steerage and safe 
working conditions.

[[Page 12176]]

    (b) ADOT&PF shall establish Level A and Level B harassment zones as 
shown in Tables 2 and 3.
    (c) Soft Start for Impact Pile Driving
    (i) At the start of any pile driving activities or when there has 
been downtime of 30 minutes or more without impact pile driving, the 
contractor shall initiate the driving with ramp-up procedures described 
below.
    (ii) Soft start for impact hammers requires contractors to provide 
an initial set of strikes from the impact hammer at 40 percent energy, 
followed by no less than a 30-second waiting period. This procedure 
shall be conducted three times before impact pile driving begins.
    (d) Use the minimum hammer energy needed to install piles.
    (e) Drive piles with a vibratory hammer to the maximum extent 
practicable.
    5. Monitoring.
    The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine 
mammal monitoring during pile driving/removal and drilling activities. 
Monitoring and reporting shall be conducted in accordance with the 
Monitoring Plan.
    (a) Pre-Activity Monitoring.
    (i) Prior to the start of daily in-water construction activity, or 
whenever a break in pile driving of 30 minutes or longer occurs, the 
observer(s) shall observe the shutdown and monitoring zones for a 
period of 30 minutes.
    (ii) The shutdown zone shall be cleared when a marine mammal has 
not been observed within that zone for that 30-minute period.
    (iii) If a marine mammal is observed within the shutdown zone, a 
soft-start can proceed if the animal is observed leaving the zone or 
has not been observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans) or 15 minutes (for 
pinnipeds), even if visibility of Level B zone is impaired.
    (iv) If the Level B harassment zone has been observed for 30 
minutes and non-permitted species are not present within the zone, in-
water construction can commence and work can continue even if 
visibility becomes impaired within the Level B zone.
    (v) When a marine mammal permitted for Level B take is present in 
the Level B harassment zone, piling and drilling activities may begin 
and or continue and Level B take shall be recorded.
    (vi) If the entire Level B zone is not visible while work 
continues, exposures shall be recorded and extrapolated based upon the 
amount of total observed exposures and the percentage of the Level B 
zone that was not visible.
    (b) Monitoring shall be conducted by qualified protected species 
observers (PSOs), with minimum qualifications as described previously 
in the Monitoring and Reporting section.
    (i) Two observers shall be on site to actively observe the shutdown 
and disturbance zones during all pile driving, removal, and drilling.
    (ii) Observers shall use their naked eye with the aid of 
binoculars, and/or a spotting scope during all pile driving and 
extraction activities.
    (iii) Monitoring location(s) shall be identified with the following 
characteristics:
    1. Unobstructed view of pile being driven;
    2. Unobstructed view of all water within the Level A zone (if 
applicable) and as much of the Level B harassment zone as possible for 
piles being driven.
    (c) If waters exceed a sea-state, which restricts the PSOs ability 
to observe within the marine mammal shutdown zone (e.g., excessive wind 
or fog), pile installation and removal shall cease. Pile driving shall 
not be initiated until the entire shutdown zone is visible.
    (d) Marine mammal location shall be determined using a rangefinder 
and a GPS or compass.
    (e) Ongoing in-water pile installation may be continued during 
periods when conditions such as low light, darkness, high sea state, 
fog, ice, rain, glare, or other conditions prevent effective marine 
mammal monitoring of the entire Level B harassment zone. PSOs would 
continue to monitor the visible portion of the Level B harassment zone 
throughout the duration of driving activities.
    (f) Post-construction monitoring shall be conducted for 30 minutes 
beyond the cessation of piling and drilling activities at end of day.
    6. Reporting.
    The holder of this Authorization is required to:
    (a) Submit a draft report on all monitoring conducted under the IHA 
within ninety calendar days of the completion of marine mammal 
monitoring. This report shall detail the monitoring protocol, summarize 
the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number of marine 
mammals that may have been harassed, including the total number 
extrapolated from observed animals across the entirety of relevant 
monitoring zones A final report shall be prepared and submitted within 
thirty days following resolution of comments on the draft report from 
NMFS. This report must contain the following:
    (i) Date and time a monitored activity begins or ends;
    (ii) Construction activities occurring during each observation 
period;
    (iii) Record of implementation of shutdowns, including the distance 
of animals to the pile and description of specific actions that ensued 
and resulting behavior of the animal, if any;
    (iv) Weather parameters (e.g., percent cover, visibility);
    (v) Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
    (vi) Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of 
marine mammals;
    (vii) Description of any observable marine mammal behavior 
patterns;
    (viii) Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and 
distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
    (ix) Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
    (x) Other human activity in the area.
    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this IHA, 
such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality, 
ADOT&PF shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the 
incident to the Office of Protected Resources (301-427-8401), NMFS, and 
the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator (907-271-1332), NMFS. The 
report must include the following information:
    1. Time and date of the incident;
    2. Description of the incident;
    3. Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    4. Description of all marine mammal observations and active sound 
source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
    5. Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
    6. Fate of the animal(s); and
    7. Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with ADOT&PF to 
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of 
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. ADOT&PF may not 
resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (ii) In the event that ADOT&PF discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition), ADOT&PF shall immediately 
report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the 
Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS.

[[Page 12177]]

    The report must include the same information identified in 6(b)(i) 
of this IHA. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the 
circumstances of the incident. NMFS shall work with ADOT&PF to 
determine whether additional mitigation measures or modifications to 
the activities are appropriate.
    (iii) In the event that ADOT&PF discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), ADOT&PF shall report the incident 
to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional 
Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within 24 hours of the discovery. ADOT&PF 
shall provide photographs, video footage, or other documentation of the 
stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

                               Table 1--Authorized Take Numbers, by Species/Stocks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Species                                 DPS/stock              Level A takes   Level B takes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steller sea...................................  Eastern DPS.....................               0             115
lion..........................................  Western DPS.....................                              25
Harbor seal...................................  Glacier Bay/Icy Strait..........               0             259
Harbor porpoise...............................  Southeast Alaska................               0             242
Dall's porpoise...............................  Alaska..........................               0              49
Killer whale..................................  West Coast transient............               0              60
                                                Alaska resident.................                              60
                                                Northern Resident...............                              60
Humpback whale................................  Mexico DPS/Central North Pacific               0             558
Minke whale...................................  Alaska..........................  ..............               3
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.....................................  ................................               0           1,431
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     Table 2--Calculated Distances to Level A and Level B Harassment Isopleths During Pile Installation and Removal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Level A harassment zone (meters)            Level B
                                                                                 Piles    ---------------------------------------------  harassment zone
               Type of pile                             Activity               installed           Cetaceans              Pinnipeds         (meters),
                                                                               or removed ---------------------------------------------   cetaceans and
                                                                                per day       LF       MF       HF       PW       OW        pinnipeds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Vibratory (120 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel............................  Install..........................            3       11        1       16        7        1            10,000
24-inch steel, 20-inch steel, 18-inch      Install..........................            3        6        1        9        4        1             5,412
 steel.
18-inch steel, 16-inch steel.............  Remove...........................           10       13        2       19        8        1             5,412
14-inch steel, 14-inch timber, 12.75-inch  Remove...........................           10        5        1        8        3        1             2,154
 steel.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Drilling (120 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel, 20-inch steel.............  Install..........................            3       55        5       81       34        3            10,000
24-inch steel, 18-inch steel.............  Install..........................            3       42        4       62       26        2            10,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Impact (160 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel............................  Proofing.........................            1       70        3       82       37        3             2,057
                                           .................................            2      110        4      131       59        5  ................
                                           .................................            3      144        6      171       77        6  ................
24-inch steel............................  Proofing.........................            1       71        3       85       38        3             1,585
                                           .................................            2      113        4      135       61        5  ................
                                           .................................            3      148        6      176       79        6  ................
20-inch steel............................  Proofing.........................            3       64        3       76       34        3               584
18-inch steel............................  Proofing.........................            3       <1       <1       <1       <1       <1                 7
14-inch timber...........................  Install..........................           10       <1       <1       <1       <1       <1                 7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 12178]]


Table 3--Calculated Areas Ensonified Within Level B Harassment Isopleths
                  During Pile Installation and Removal
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Level B
                                                         harassment zone
           Type of pile                  Activity           (km \2\),
                                                          cetaceans and
                                                            pinnipeds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Vibratory (120 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel....................  Install............              78.9
24-, 20-, 18-, and 16-inch steel.  Install............              45.3
14-, 12.75-inch steel, and 14-     Remove.............               7.3
 inch timber.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Drilling (120 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-, 24-, 20-, and 18-inch steel.  Install............              78.9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Impact (160 dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-inch steel....................  Proofing...........               6.7
24-inch steel....................  Proofing...........               4.0
20-inch steel....................  Proofing...........               0.6
18-inch steel....................  Proofing...........              <0.1
14-inch timber...................  Install............              <0.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed 
[action]. Please include with your comments any supporting data or 
literature citations to help inform our final decision on the request 
for MMPA authorization.

    Dated: March 14, 2018.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-05559 Filed 3-19-18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                               12152                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               that is open to land red snapper.                       public comments received on the                       to any other address or individual, or
                                               However, if not all of the EFPs are                     applications, consultations with the                  received after the end of the comment
                                               issued and accepted, NMFS would set a                   affected states, the Council, and the U.S.            period. Comments received
                                               Gulf-wide Federal private angling                       Coast Guard, and a determination that                 electronically, including all
                                               season to allow those anglers from the                  each is consistent with all applicable                attachments, must not exceed a 25-
                                               non-participating states to fish for red                laws.                                                 megabyte file size. Attachments to
                                               snapper in the EEZ.                                       Authority: 16 U.S.C 1801 et seq.                    electronic comments will be accepted in
                                                  For the Federal for-hire component,                                                                        Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
                                               only LDWF and TPWD have proposed                          Dated: March 15, 2018.                              file formats only. All comments
                                               including this component in their EFPs.                 Emily H. Menashes,                                    received are a part of the public record
                                               Therefore, if EFPs were approved as                     Acting Director, Office of Sustainable                and will generally be posted online at
                                               submitted by the five Gulf states, NMFS                 Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.         www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
                                               would still set a Federal season                        [FR Doc. 2018–05603 Filed 3–19–18; 8:45 am]           incidental/construction.htm without
                                               throughout the entire Gulf EEZ for the                  BILLING CODE 3510–22–P                                change. All personal identifying
                                               Federal for-hire component. Depending                                                                         information (e.g., name, address)
                                               on the parameters of any final EFPs, the                                                                      voluntarily submitted by the commenter
                                               potential exists for Texas and Louisiana                DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                may be publicly accessible. Do not
                                               federally permitted for-hire vessels to                                                                       submit confidential business
                                               fish during both the state season                       National Oceanic and Atmospheric                      information or otherwise sensitive or
                                               covered under an EFP and the Federal                    Administration                                        protected information.
                                               for-hire Gulf EEZ season.                               RIN 0648–XF830                                        FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                  In addition, the quotas requested by                                                                       Jonathan Molineaux, Office of Protected
                                               Texas and Louisiana are based on higher                 Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                 Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
                                               landings from past years rather than                    Specified Activities; Taking Marine                   Electronic copies of the application and
                                               landings in recent years. Because NMFS                  Mammals Incidental to Construction at                 supporting documents, as well as a list
                                               projects the Federal season based on                    the City Dock and Ferry Terminal, in                  of the references cited in this document,
                                               recent landings, NMFS would have to                     Tenakee Springs, Alaska                               may be obtained online at:
                                               reduce the length of the Federal for-hire                                                                     www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
                                               season to account for the additional                    AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries
                                                                                                       Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                  incidental/construction.htm. In case of
                                               pounds of fish requested by Texas and                                                                         problems accessing these documents,
                                               Louisiana. This would be inconsistent                   Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
                                                                                                       Commerce.                                             please call the contact listed above.
                                               with the Council’s recommendation that                                                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                               NMFS issue the EFPs as long as the                      ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
                                               length of the Gulf-wide Federal for-hire                harassment authorization; request for                 Background
                                               component season is not affected.                       comments.                                               Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
                                               Alternatively, NMFS could reduce the                                                                          MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
                                                                                                       SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request
                                               quotas requested by Texas and                                                                                 the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated
                                               Louisiana to be consistent with recent                  from the Alaska Department of
                                                                                                       Transportations and Public Facilities                 to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
                                               landings. Regardless of whether both or                                                                       incidental, but not intentional, taking of
                                               just one of the components is managed                   (ADOT&PF) for authorization to take
                                                                                                       marine mammals incidental to                          small numbers of marine mammals by
                                               under the state EFPs, should NMFS                                                                             U.S. citizens who engage in a specified
                                               determine that the Gulf-wide                            conducting improvements at the
                                                                                                       Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry                   activity (other than commercial fishing)
                                               recreational red snapper quota has been                                                                       within a specified geographical region if
                                               met, the exemption from the closure                     terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska.
                                                                                                       Pursuant to the Marine Mammal                         certain findings are made and either
                                               under the EFP would no longer be valid                                                                        regulations are issued or, if the taking is
                                               for that fishing year because the                       Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
                                                                                                       requesting comments on its proposal to                limited to harassment, a notice of a
                                               retention of red snapper in Federal                                                                           proposed authorization is provided to
                                               waters would be prohibited under the                    issue an incidental harassment
                                                                                                       authorization (IHA) to incidentally take              the public for review.
                                               regulations that implement the                                                                                  An authorization for incidental
                                               mandatory provisions of Section 407(d)                  marine mammals during the specified
                                                                                                                                                             takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
                                               of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.                            activities. NMFS will consider public
                                                                                                                                                             that the taking will have a negligible
                                                  NMFS finds these applications                        comments prior to making any final
                                                                                                                                                             impact on the species or stock(s), will
                                               warrant further consideration. If they                  decision on the issuance of the
                                                                                                                                                             not have an unmitigable adverse impact
                                               are granted, NMFS may include                           requested MMPA authorization, and
                                                                                                                                                             on the availability of the species or
                                               conditions or modifications such as                     agency responses will be summarized in                stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
                                               changes to the amount of the quotas                     the final notice of our decision                      relevant), and if the permissible
                                               assigned to each state and removal of                   DATES: Comments and information must                  methods of taking and requirements
                                               the Federal for-hire component from the                 be received no later than April 19, 2018.             pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
                                               EFP. The applications are considered                    ADDRESSES: Comments should be                         and reporting of such takings are set
                                               together in this notice because they each               addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                   forth.
                                               would require a portion of the private-                 Permits and Conservation Division,                      NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
                                               angling and Federal for-hire quotas;                    Office of Protected Resources, National               impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               however, each application is                            Marine Fisheries Service. Physical                    resulting from the specified activity that
                                               independent and will be considered                      comments should be sent to 1315 East-                 cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
                                               individually as part of the overall                     West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910                 not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
                                               recreational management of Gulf red                     and electronic comments should be sent                the species or stock through effects on
                                               snapper.                                                to ITP.molineaux@noaa.gov.                            annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                                                  Final decisions on issuance of the                      Instructions: NMFS is not responsible                The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’
                                               EFPs will depend on a NMFS review of                    for comments sent by any other method,                means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                             12153

                                               attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill               Description of Proposed Activity                      Tenakee Inlet and provides the primary
                                               any marine mammal.                                                                                            access point to the city of Tenakee
                                                                                                       Overview
                                                  Except with respect to certain                                                                             Springs. Improvements and new
                                                                                                          The ADOT&PF plans to make                          construction will take place in the same
                                               activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
                                                                                                       improvements to the Tenakee Springs                   location as the existing dock. A sea
                                               defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act of
                                                                                                       Ferry Terminal located in Tenakee                     plane float is located immediately east
                                               pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
                                                                                                       Springs, Alaska, on Chichigof Island in               of the ferry terminal and a small boat
                                               has the potential to injure a marine
                                                                                                       southeast Alaska (Figure 1–1 of the                   harbor is located approximately 700
                                               mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                                                                       application). The facility is a multi-                meters east of the terminal (see Figure
                                               wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has
                                                                                                       function dock and active ferry terminal               1–2 of application).
                                               the potential to disturb a marine                       located in the center of town (see Figure
                                               mammal or marine mammal stock in the                                                                             The town of Tenakee Springs is
                                                                                                       1–2 and Figure 1–3 in application). The               located on the north side of Tenakee
                                               wild by causing disruption of behavioral                project’s proposed activities that have
                                               patterns, including, but not limited to,                                                                      Inlet, about 16 kilometers (km) (9.9
                                                                                                       the potential to take marine mammals                  miles) west of where the Inlet opens to
                                               migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                include vibratory and impact pile
                                               feeding, or sheltering (Level B                                                                               Chatham Strait. Tenakee Inlet is a long,
                                                                                                       driving, drilling operations for pile                 narrow fjord with steep, rocky sides
                                               harassment).                                            installation (down-hole hammer), and                  interspersed with extensive mudflats
                                               National Environmental Policy Act                       vibratory pile removal.                               and intertidal zones. Water depths
                                                                                                          The purpose of the project is to
                                                  To comply with the National                                                                                consistently reach 900 to 1,100 meters
                                                                                                       replace the existing, aging mooring and
                                               Environmental Policy Act of 1969                                                                              (2,950 to 3,600 feet) in the center of the
                                                                                                       transfer structures nearing the end of
                                               (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and                                                                            Inlet, with at least one location deeper
                                                                                                       their operational life due to corrosion
                                               NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)                                                                               than 1,280 meters (4,200 feet). The
                                                                                                       and wear with modern facilities that
                                               216–6A, NMFS must review our                                                                                  shoreline is complex and meandering,
                                                                                                       provide improved operations for Alaska
                                               proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an                                                                     interspersed with numerous coves,
                                                                                                       Marine Highway System (AMHS) ferry
                                               incidental harassment authorization)                                                                          islands, and rocky outcroppings.
                                                                                                       vessels, as well as freight and fueling
                                               with respect to potential impacts on the                                                                      Numerous rivers and creeks feed into
                                                                                                       operators, servicing the community of
                                               human environment.                                                                                            the Inlet, contributing to the highly
                                                                                                       Tenakee Springs. Planned
                                                                                                                                                             productive marine environment.
                                                  This action is consistent with                       improvements include the installation
                                                                                                       of new shore side facilities and marine                  The Inlet supports abundant marine
                                               categories of activities identified in CE                                                                     resources, including salmon, herring,
                                               B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA                     structures and the renovation of existing
                                                                                                       structures. This will accommodate cargo               crab, and shrimp. Marine mammals use
                                               Administrative Order 216–6A, which do                                                                         the Inlet regularly, attracted to the rich
                                               not individually or cumulatively have                   and baggage handling, vessel mooring,
                                                                                                       passenger and vehicle access gangways,                foraging grounds. Humpback whales are
                                               the potential for significant impacts on                                                                      seen bubble feeding in summer, and
                                               the quality of the human environment                    and re-establish existing electrical and
                                                                                                       fuel systems. Improvements will                       harbor seals haul out on rocky islets
                                               and for which we have not identified                                                                          around the area.
                                               any extraordinary circumstances that                    enhance public safety and security.
                                                                                                                                                                Baseline background (ambient) sound
                                               would preclude this categorical                         Dates and Duration                                    levels in Tenakee Inlet are unknown.
                                               exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has
                                                                                                          In-water project construction                      The areas around the existing ferry
                                               preliminarily determined that the
                                                                                                       activities will begin no sooner than June             terminal are frequented by ferries,
                                               issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies
                                                                                                       1, 2019. Pile installation and removal is             fishing vessels, and tenders; barges and
                                               to be categorically excluded from
                                                                                                       expected to be completed in 93 working                tugboats; float planes; and other
                                               further NEPA review.
                                                                                                       days within a 4-month window                          commercial and recreational vessels that
                                                  We will review all comments                          beginning sometime after June 1, 2019.                use the small-boat harbor, city dock, and
                                               submitted in response to this notice                    Pile installation will be intermittent and            other commercial facilities.
                                               prior to concluding our NEPA process                    staggered depending on weather,
                                               or making a final decision on the IHA                                                                         Detailed Description of Specific Activity
                                                                                                       construction and mechanical delays,
                                               request.                                                marine mammal shutdowns, and other                      The proposed action includes pile
                                               Summary of Request                                      potential delays and logistical                       installation and removal for the various
                                                                                                       constraints. Given the possibility of                 aspects of the project (see Figure 1–4 of
                                                  On October 23, 2017, NMFS received                   schedule delays and other unforeseen                  application). There will be no dredging
                                               a request from ADOT&PF for an IHA to                    circumstances, an IHA is being                        or removal of substrate, nor any
                                               take marine mammals incidental to                       requested for a full year, from June 1,               deposition of fill or armor rock
                                               conducting improvements at the                          2019 through May 31, 2020.                            associated with the project. Above-water
                                               Tenakee Springs city dock and ferry                        Specific Geographic Region—The                     construction will consist of the
                                               terminal, in Tenakee Springs, Alaska.                   Tenakee Springs Ferry Terminal is                     installation of concrete platform decking
                                               The application was considered                          located in the City of Tenakee Springs,               panels, utility lines, and a fuel building.
                                               adequate and complete on January 30,                    Alaska, at 57°46′45.6″ N, 135°13′09.1″                The new facility will continue to serve
                                               2018. ADOT&PF’s request is for take of                  W, on Chichagof Island, on the north                  as the AMHS ferry terminal and will
                                               seven species of marine mammals by                      shore of Tenakee Inlet, in southeast                  support shipping and receiving of
                                               Level B harassment only. Neither                        Alaska (Figure 1–1 and Figure 1–2).                   commercial and service-industry goods.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               ADOT&PF nor NMFS expect mortality                       Tenakee Springs is part of the Hoonah-                Given the lack of road access to Tenakee
                                               to result from this activity and,                       Angoon Census Area. In 2016, there                    Springs, the ferry terminal is an
                                               therefore, an IHA is appropriate. The                   were an estimated 130 residents of                    essential component of infrastructure,
                                               planned activity is not expected to                     Tenakee Springs. It is the second largest             providing critical access between
                                               exceed one year, hence, we do not                       city on Chichagof Island.                             Tenakee Springs and the rest of the
                                               expect subsequent MMPA IHAs to be                          The Tenakee Springs Ferry Terminal                 region. Planned improvements will not
                                               issued for this particular activity.                    is an active ferry terminal located in                add any additional berths for vessels,


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12154                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               and the existing capacity of the facilities                              The project will also include the                                     Removal of Old Piles
                                               will remain the same.                                                  installation of:
                                                 The project includes the following                                     • A 50-foot by 70-foot pile-supported                                   The project will require the removal
                                               components:                                                            ferry staging dock;                                                     of approximately 84 piles of varying
                                                 • Removal and replacement of an                                        • A 50-foot by 60-foot pile-supported                                 sizes and materials (Table 1–1). Not all
                                               existing 12-foot by 240-foot approach                                  dock with new fuel building and                                         existing structures and piles will be
                                               dock decking and installation of                                       associated dock mounted fender system;                                  removed (Figure 1–4). It is anticipated
                                                                                                                        • An 11-foot by 90-foot steel transfer                                that, when possible, existing piles will
                                               additional steel pipe support piles;
                                                                                                                      bridge and pile-supported abutment;                                     be extracted by directly lifting them
                                                 • Removal of an existing city storage                                  • A steel bridge support float with
                                               and fuel building and pile-supported                                                                                                           with a crane. A vibratory hammer will
                                                                                                                      adjustable intermediate ramp and apron                                  be used only if necessary to extract piles
                                               dock and timber fender piles;                                          with two, four-pile float restraint
                                                 • Removal of an existing steel                                                                                                               that cannot be directly lifted. Removal
                                                                                                                      dolphins;
                                               gangway float, platform, and associated                                  • Four, four-pile berthing dolphins;                                  of each old pile is estimated to require
                                               steel pipe piles; and                                                  and                                                                     no more than 15 minutes of vibratory
                                                 • Removal of three, three-pile                                         • A ferry access skiff float and                                      hammer use.
                                               berthing and mooring dolphins.                                         associated steel pipe pile restraints.

                                                                                 TABLE 1—PILE DETAILS AND ESTIMATED EFFORT REQUIRED FOR PILE REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                       Vibratory           Estimated       Number of
                                                                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                                                                  Number of                            duration               total         piles per           Days of
                                                  Pile diameters & material                           Project component                                                number
                                                                                                                                                    piles                              per pile            number of           day              removal
                                                                                                                                                                       of piles          (min)               hours           (range)

                                               12.75-inch Steel Piles .............          Approach Dock .......................                              2              2                   15                0.5               2                  1
                                               14-inch Timber Piles ...............          City Dock Fender Piles ..........                                 33             42                   15               10.5            5–10                  9
                                                                                             City Storage Building Dock ....                                    9
                                               14-inch Steel Piles ..................        City Dock ................................                        14             26                   15                6.5             5–10                 6
                                                                                             Berthing Dolphin Fenders ......                                   12
                                               16-inch Steel Piles ..................        Berthing Dolphins ...................                              9                 9                15               2.25             5–10                 2
                                               18-inch Steel Piles ..................        Steel Float ..............................                         5                 5                15               1.25                5                 1

                                                    Totals ...............................   .................................................    ..................          84      ..................             21    ..................         19



                                               Installation of New Piles                                              pile. The head extends so that the                                      tension anchors. To anchor each pile
                                                                                                                      drilling takes place below the pile. Drill                              following pile installation, a 10-inch
                                                  The Project will require the
                                                                                                                      cuttings are expelled from the top of the                               casing will be inserted into the center of
                                               installation of 121 piles of varying sizes
                                                                                                                      pile as dust or mud and allowed to                                      the pile and an 8-inch rock anchor drill
                                               and materials (see Table 2). Tension                                   settle at the base of the pile. It is                                   will be lowered into the casing and used
                                               anchors will be installed in 86 of the                                 estimated that drilling piles through the                               to drill into bedrock. Rock fragments
                                               121 total piles. Initial installation of                               layered bedrock will take about 2–3                                     will be removed through the top of the
                                               steel piles through the sediment layer                                 hours per pile.
                                               may be done using vibratory methods                                                                                                            casing as dust or mud. Finally, the drill
                                                                                                                         Drilling will create a 10-foot-deep                                  and casing will be removed, and an
                                               for up to 15 minutes per pile. If the                                  bedrock socket that holds the pile in
                                               sediment layer is very thin, instead of                                                                                                        anchor attached by an anchor rod will
                                                                                                                      place. The bedrock will attenuate noise                                 be inserted into the hole. The hole will
                                               vibratory methods, a few strikes from an                               production from drilling and reduce
                                               impact hammer may be used to seat                                                                                                              be filled with grout, which will harden,
                                                                                                                      noise propagation into the water                                        thereby encapsulating the anchor in the
                                               some steel piles into the weathered                                    column. Additionally, the casing used
                                               bedrock before drilling begins. It is                                                                                                          borehole and securing the pile and
                                                                                                                      during drilling acts like a cofferdam and                               anchor to bedrock. Once installed,
                                               possible that only an impact hammer                                    will block noise, further reducing noise
                                               and drilling will be used for some piles,                                                                                                      tension anchors are tightened, applying
                                                                                                                      levels (82 Federal Register [FR] 34632;                                 tension to the pile to prevent movement
                                               and only a vibratory hammer and                                        proposed IHA for the Gary Paxton
                                               drilling will be used for other piles,                                                                                                         within the rock socket. Eight of the
                                                                                                                      Industrial Park Dock Modification                                       tension anchors will be passive, which
                                               depending on sediment conditions and                                   Project in Sitka, Alaska). However, noise
                                               as decided by the construction                                                                                                                 means they will not be tightened. This
                                                                                                                      levels from drilling the bedrock socket
                                               contractor. Following initial pile                                                                                                             will provide the pile with a small
                                                                                                                      to support piles will likely exceed the
                                               installation, the mud accumulation on                                                                                                          amount of play, which will allow the
                                                                                                                      120-decibel (dB) root mean square (rms)
                                               the inside of the pile will be augured                                                                                                         pile to move until it meets the extent of
                                                                                                                      threshold for Level B harassment from
                                               out (or cleaned through another                                                                                                                the tension anchor.
                                                                                                                      continuous noise (Section 6.2.2) during
                                               method), as necessary. Next, a hole                                    at least a portion of the drilling.                                        Drilling for anchors takes place below
                                               (rock socket) will be drilled in the                                      If necessary after drilling, no more                                 the 10-foot-deep bedrock socket that
                                               underlying bedrock by using a down-                                    than 30 blows from an impact hammer                                     holds the pile in place, and the bedrock
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               hole hammer (see Figure 1–5 of IHA                                     will be used to confirm that piles are set                              serves to attenuate noise production
                                               application). A down-hole hammer is a                                  into bedrock (proofed). Proofing will                                   from drilling activity and reduce noise
                                               drill bit that drills through the bedrock                              require approximately 5–10 minutes per                                  propagation into the water column.
                                               and a pulse mechanism that functions at                                pile.                                                                   Additionally, the casing acts like a
                                               the bottom of the hole, using a pulsing                                   Tension anchors will be installed on                                 cofferdam and will block noise;
                                               bit to break up the rock to allow removal                              86 of the 121 steel piles. In general, the                              therefore, anchor drilling will result in
                                               of the fragments and insertion of the                                  farthest seaward piles will utilize                                     low levels of in-water noise that do not


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014      19:08 Mar 19, 2018        Jkt 244001      PO 00000         Frm 00008          Fmt 4703     Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM              20MRN1


                                                                                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                                                                                                      12155

                                               approach injury or harassment levels for                                            Installation of timber piles will use                                                meters) deep within or immediately
                                               marine mammals (82 FR 34632;                                                      only an impact hammer, and will                                                        adjacent to the existing dock footprint.
                                               proposed IHA for the Gary Paxton                                                  require approximately 75 strikes per                                                   It is anticipated that an ICE model
                                               Industrial Park Dock Modification                                                 pile, or approximately 20–30 minutes to                                                vibratory driver or equivalent hammer
                                               Project in Sitka, Alaska). No take for                                            install each pile.                                                                     and a Delmag D30 or Vulcan impact
                                               harassment of marine mammals from                                                   Pile installation activities will occur                                              hammer, or equivalent hammer will be
                                               anchor drilling is requested.                                                     in waters from zero to 36 feet (0 to 11                                                used to install the piles.
                                                                                  TABLE 2—PILE DETAILS AND ESTIMATED EFFORT REQUIRED FOR PILE INSTALLATION
                                                                                                                                                                               Vibratory             Drilling                                 Estimated            Number of
                                                                                                                                                             Total                                                         Impact
                                                                                                                                      Number of                                duration             duration                                     total              piles per         Days of
                                                Pile diameters & material                    Project component                                             number of                                                     strikes per
                                                                                                                                        piles                                   per pile            per pile a                                number of                day          installation
                                                                                                                                                             piles                                                           pile
                                                                                                                                                                                 (min)                (min)                                     hours                (range)

                                               24-inch Steel Piles a ..........         City Dock ...........................                       22                46                   15                  120                     30             107                  2–3               23
                                                                                        Ferry Staging Dock ...........                              20
                                                                                        Transfer Bridge Abutment                                     4
                                               30-inch Steel Piles a ..........         Float Restraints (Vertical)                                  4                20                   15                  180                     30               67                 2–3               10
                                                                                        Berthing Dolphins (Bat-                                      8
                                                                                          tered).
                                                                                        Berthing Dolphins                                             8
                                                                                          (Vertical).
                                               20-inch Steel     Piles a
                                                                     ..........         Float Restraints (Battered)                                  4                 4                   15                  180                     30               13                 2–3                2
                                               18-inch Steel Piles a ..........         Approach Dock .................                              8                21                   15                  120                     30               49                 2–3               11
                                                                                        Berthing Fenders ..............                             10
                                                                                        Skiff Float ..........................                       3
                                               14-inch Timber Piles .........           Boat Moorage Fenders .....                                  30                30                  NA                    NA                    75                10               5–10                 6
                                               8-inch Tension Anchors ....              Tension Anchors ...............                             78              b 86                  NA                    60                    NA                86                4–8                22
                                                                                        Passive Tensions Anchors                                     8

                                                    Totals ..........................   ...........................................   ..................            121      ..................    ..................    ..................           332      ..................            74
                                                 a All
                                                     91 steel piles will require drilling.
                                                 b Tension anchors will be installed in a subset of piles and therefore are not included in the total number of piles.




                                               Description of Marine Mammals in the                                              (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we                                                   if known, that comprises that stock. For
                                               Area of Specified Activities                                                      follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016).                                                   some species, this geographic area may
                                                  Sections 3 and 4 of the application                                            PBR is defined by the MMPA as the                                                      extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
                                               summarize available information                                                   maximum number of animals, not                                                         stocks in this region are assessed in
                                               regarding status and trends, distribution                                         including natural mortalities, that may                                                NMFS’s U.S. Alaska SARs (Muto
                                               and habitat preferences, and behavior                                             be removed from a marine mammal                                                        2017a). All values presented in Table 3
                                               and life history, of the potentially                                              stock while allowing that stock to reach                                               are the most recent available at the time
                                               affected species. Additional information                                          or maintain its optimum sustainable                                                    of publication and are available in the
                                               regarding population trends and threats                                           population (as described in NMFS’s                                                     2016 SARs (Muto, 2017a), Towers et al.,
                                               may be found in NMFS’s Stock                                                      SARs). While no mortality is anticipated                                               2015 (solely for northern resident killer
                                               Assessment Reports (SARs;                                                         or authorized here, PBR and annual                                                     whales), and draft 2017 SARs (Muto
                                               www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/) and more                                              serious injury and mortality from                                                      2017b).
                                               general information about these species                                           anthropogenic sources are included here
                                                                                                                                 as gross indicators of the status of the                                                  Two cetacean species have ranges
                                               (e.g., physical and behavioral
                                               descriptions) may be found on NMFS’s                                              species and other threats.                                                             near Tenakee Inlet but are unlikely to
                                               website (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                                                      Marine mammal abundance estimates                                                    occur in the project area: The Pacific
                                               species/mammals/).                                                                presented in this document represent                                                   white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
                                                  Table 3 lists all species with expected                                        the total number of individuals that                                                   obliquidens) and gray whale
                                               potential for occurrence in Tenakee                                               make up a given stock or the total                                                     (Eschrichtius robustus). The ranges of
                                               Springs, Alaska and summarizes                                                    number estimated within a particular                                                   both the Pacific white-sided dolphin
                                               information related to the population or                                          study or survey area. NMFS’s stock                                                     and gray whale are suggested to overlap
                                               stock, including regulatory status under                                          abundance estimates for most species                                                   with Tenakee Inlet (Muto, 2017a), but
                                               the MMPA and Endangered Species Act                                               represent the total estimate of                                                        no sightings have been documented in
                                               (ESA) and potential biological removal                                            individuals within the geographic area,                                                the project area (Dahlheim et al. 2009).
                                                           TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA DURING THE SPECIFIED ACTIVITY
                                                                                                                                                                                                    ESA/
                                                                                                                                                                                                   MMPA                 Stock abundance Nbest,                                        Annual
                                                         Common name                                     Scientific name                                    MMPA stock                             status;              (CV, N min, most recent                        PBR            M/SI 3
                                                                                                                                                                                                  strategic               abundance survey) 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                   (Y/N) 1
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                               Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)

                                               Family Balaenidae:
                                                  Humpback whale ..............              Megaptera novaeangliae ........                    Central North Pacific ..............              E, D,Y           10,103 (0.3, 7,890, 2006) ......                          83             21
                                                  Minke whale .....................          Balaenoptera acutorostrata ....                    Alaska .....................................      -, N             N.A .........................................            N.A.           N.A.




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014         19:08 Mar 19, 2018           Jkt 244001          PO 00000          Frm 00009         Fmt 4703        Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM                      20MRN1


                                               12156                                     Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                                TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA DURING THE SPECIFIED ACTIVITY—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                      ESA/
                                                                                                                                                                                     MMPA           Stock abundance Nbest,                              Annual
                                                        Common name                                Scientific name                               MMPA stock                          status;        (CV, N min, most recent                   PBR       M/SI 3
                                                                                                                                                                                    strategic         abundance survey) 2
                                                                                                                                                                                     (Y/N) 1

                                                                                    Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                               Family Delphinidae:
                                                  Killer whale .......................    Orcinus orca ...........................   Alaska Resident .....................          -, N        2,347 (N.A., 2,347, 2012) 4 ....                23.4             1
                                                                                                                                     West Coast Transient ............              -, N        243 (N/A, 243, 2009) 4 ...........               2.4             1
                                                                                                                                     Northern Resident ..................           -, N        290 (N/A, 290, 2014) 6 ...........              1.96             0
                                               Family Phocoenidae:
                                                  Harbor porpoise ...............         Phocoena phocoena ..............           Southeast Alaska ...................           -, Y        975 (0.10, 896, 2012) 5 ..........              5 8.9       5 34

                                                  Dall’s porpoise ..................      Phocoenoides dalli .................       Alaska .....................................   -, N        83,400 ....................................     N.A.         38

                                                                                                                              Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia

                                               Family Otariidae (eared seals
                                                 and sea lions):
                                                   Steller sea lion .................     Eumatopia jubatus .................        Western U.S.7 ........................         E, D; Y     50,983 (N.A., 50,983, 2016) ..                   320        241
                                                                                                                                     Eastern U.S. ...........................       -, D, Y     41,638 (N/A, 41,638, 2015) ...                 2,498        108

                                               Family Phocidae (earless
                                                 seals):
                                                   Harbor seal .......................    Phoca vitulina richardii ...........       Glacier Bay/Icy Strait .............           -, N        7,210 (N.A.; 5,647; 2011) ......                169         104
                                                 1 ESA    status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (–) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as de-
                                               pleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or which is determined to be
                                               declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA
                                               as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                  2 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; N
                                                                                                                                                                                min is the minimum estimate of stock
                                               abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable (N/A).
                                                  3 These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fish-
                                               eries, ship strike).
                                                  4 N is based on counts of individual animals identified from photo-identification catalogs.
                                                  5 In the SAR for harbor porpoise (NMFS 2017), NMFS identified population estimates and PBR for porpoises within inland Southeast Alaska waters (these abun-
                                               dance estimates have not been corrected for g(0); therefore, they are likely conservative). The calculated PBR is considered unreliable for the entire stock because it
                                               is based on estimates from surveys of only a portion (the inside waters of Southeast Alaska) of the range of this stock as currently designated. The Annual M/SI is for
                                               the entire stock, including coastal waters.
                                                  6 Abundance estimates obtained from Towers et al 2015.
                                                  7 Abundance, PBR, and Annual M/SI derived from draft 2017 SARs (Muto2017b).




                                                 All species that could potentially                                     lions as two distinct population                                          winter day, although most feed at night
                                               occur in the proposed survey areas are                                   segments (DPS) based on genetic studies                                   when their herring prey tend to be near
                                               included in Table 3. As described                                        and other information (62 FR 24345;                                       the water’s surface (Wheeler, K., pers.
                                               below, all seven species (with nine                                      May 5, 1997). Steller sea lion                                            comm.).
                                               managed stocks) temporally and                                           populations that primarily occur west of                                     Steller sea lions use terrestrial haulout
                                               spatially co-occur with the activity to                                  144° W (Cape Suckling, Alaska)                                            sites to rest and take refuge. They also
                                               the degree that take is reasonably likely                                comprise the western DPS (wDPS),                                          gather on well-defined, traditionally
                                               to occur, and we have proposed                                           while all others comprise the eastern                                     used rookeries to pup and breed. These
                                               authorizing it. In addition, sea otters                                  DPS (eDPS); however, there is regular                                     habitats are typically gravel, rocky, or
                                               may be found in Tenakee Springs.                                         movement of both DPSs across this                                         sand beaches; ledges; or rocky reefs. The
                                               However, sea otters are managed by the                                   boundary (Jemison et al., 2013). Upon                                     closest Steller sea lion haulout to the
                                               U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and are                                   this reclassification, the wDPS became                                    project area is the Tenakee Cannery
                                               not considered further in this document.                                 listed as endangered while the eDPS                                       Point haulout, which is approximately
                                               Pinnipeds in the Activity Area                                           remained as threatened (62 FR 24345;                                      8.9 km (4.8 nautical miles) east of the
                                                                                                                        May 5, 1997) and in November 2013, the                                    project site (Fritz et al., 2016c; see
                                               Steller Sea Lion                                                         eDPS was delisted (78 FR 66140). No                                       Figure 4–1 of application). Recent
                                                 The Steller sea lion is the largest of                                 critical habitat for this species is                                      summer counts have not recorded any
                                               the eared seals, ranging along the North                                 designated in Southeast Alaska.                                           Steller sea lions at this haulout, and
                                               Pacific Rim from northern Japan to                                          Steller sea lions are known to occur                                   historical counts between April and
                                               California, with centers of abundance                                    within the project area; however,                                         September have not exceeded 12
                                               and distribution in the Gulf of Alaska                                   systematic counts or surveys have not                                     individuals during any survey (Fritz et
                                               and Aleutian Islands. Steller sea lions                                  been completed throughout Tenakee                                         al., 2016b). This haulout appears to be
                                               were listed as threatened range-wide                                     Inlet. Therefore, the best information                                    most active between October and March
                                               under the ESA on November 26, 1990                                       regarding sea lion abundance and                                          (Figure 4–2), which is consistent with
                                               (55 FR 49204). Subsequently, NMFS                                        distribution comes from anecdotal                                         anecdotal reports of sea lion abundance
                                               published a final rule designating                                       reports from local residents and                                          in the project area (Rasanen, L., pers.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               critical habitat for the species as a 20                                 extrapolations from nearby haulouts                                       comm.; Wheeler, K., pers. comm.). Non-
                                               nautical mile buffer around all major                                    that have been regularly monitored.                                       pup counts conducted between October
                                               haulouts and rookeries, as well as                                          Anecdotal reports indicate that sea                                    and March from 2001 to 2004 averaged
                                               associated terrestrial, air and aquatic                                  lions are generally present only in the                                   106 individuals and ranged from 16 to
                                               zones, and three large offshore foraging                                 fall and winter. Reports of these                                         251 (Fritz et al., 2016b). Pups have not
                                               areas (58 FR 45269; August 27, 1993). In                                 anecdotal observations also suggest that                                  been counted at this haulout (Fritz et al.,
                                               1997, NMFS reclassified Steller sea                                      as many as 10–20 may swim by on a                                         2016a). In addition to those counted at


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014       19:08 Mar 19, 2018         Jkt 244001      PO 00000        Frm 00010        Fmt 4703       Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM            20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                           12157

                                               the haulouts, as many as a few hundred                  Reef Light (a navigational and warning                northern British Columbia/Southeast
                                               more sea lions occur throughout                         light for vessels), approximately 1 km                Alaska, the Gulf of Alaska, and the
                                               Tenakee Inlet in small hunting groups                   south of the ferry terminal. Anecdotal                Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands; and (3) the
                                               (Rasanen, L., pers. comm.). The Point                   observations indicate that up to 200                  western North Pacific stock, consisting
                                               Marsden and Emmons haulouts are also                    harbor seals may haul out on the rocks                of winter/spring populations off Asia
                                               located within 20 nautical miles of                     at and around the Tenakee Reef Light at               which migrate primarily to Russia and
                                               Tenakee Springs, but it is unlikely that                any time of year (Rasanen, L., pers.                  the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands. The
                                               individuals from those haulouts                         comm.). Two additional harbor seal                    central North Pacific stock is the only
                                               regularly inhabit Tenakee Inlet. Experts                haulouts are located approximately 5.2                stock that is found near the project
                                               with the Alaska Fisheries Science                       and 10.0 km from the ferry terminal, on               activities.
                                               Center of NMFS estimate that roughly                    Strawberry Island and in Crab Bay,                       On September 8, 2016, NMFS
                                               17.8 percent of the Steller sea lions at                respectively.                                         published a final rule dividing the
                                               the Tenakee Cannery Point haulout are                      Aerial haulout surveys conducted in                globally listed endangered species into
                                               members of the western DPS (L. Fritz,                   August 2011 divide Tenakee Inlet into                 14 DPSs, removing the worldwide
                                               pers. comm; L. Fritz, unpublished data)                 four survey units. The survey unit along              species-level listing, and in its place
                                               while the rest (82.2 percent) are from                  the north shore of the Inlet, including               listing four DPSs as endangered and one
                                               the eastern DPS. Steller sea lions are                  the project site, had a population                    DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;
                                               included in Alaska subsistence harvests.                estimate of 61 individuals. Other survey              effective October 11, 2016). Two DPSs
                                               Since subsistence harvest surveys began                 units in Tenakee Inlet had between 1                  (Hawaii and Mexico) are potentially
                                               in 1992, the number of households                       and 64 individuals. This information                  present within the action area. The
                                               hunting and harvesting sea lions has                    comes from a single year of surveys, and              Hawaii DPS is not listed and the Mexico
                                               remained relatively constant at low                     standard errors on these estimates are                DPS is listed as threatened under the
                                               levels (Wolf et al., 2013).                             very high; therefore, confidence is low               ESA. The Hawaii DPS is estimated to
                                                                                                       (London et al., 2015). Researchers                    contain 11,398 animals where the
                                               Harbor Seal                                                                                                   Mexico DPS is estimated to contain
                                                                                                       estimate that the total abundance in
                                                  Harbor seals range from Baja                         Tenakee Inlet was approximately 259                   3,264 animals.
                                               California north along the west coasts of               seals in 2011, including about 170 in the                Within the action area, humpback
                                               Washington, Oregon, California, British                 upper inlet and approximately 89 near                 whales are seen most frequently from
                                               Columbia, and Southeast Alaska; west                    the mouth (London, J., pers. comm.).                  September through February although
                                               through the Gulf of Alaska, Prince                         Because harbor seals are non-                      sightings may extend into April (Straley
                                               William Sound, and the Aleutian                         migratory, we do not suspect that                     and Pendell 2017). Humpback whales
                                               Islands; and north in the Bering Sea to                 abundance fluctuates seasonally, but                  are found throughout southeast Alaska
                                               Cape Newenham and the Pribilof                          distribution throughout Tenakee Inlet                 in a variety of marine environments,
                                               Islands. They haul out on rocks, reefs,                 and Chatham Strait likely fluctuates                  including open-ocean, near-shore
                                               beaches, and drifting glacial ice, and                  drastically based on numerous                         waters, and areas with strong tidal
                                               feed in marine, estuarine, and                          environmental factors.                                currents (Dahlheim et al., 2009). Most
                                               occasionally fresh waters. Harbor seals                                                                       humpback whales are migratory and
                                               are generally non-migratory, with local                 Cetaceans in the Action Area                          spend winters in the breeding grounds
                                               movements associated with such factors                  Humpback Whale                                        off either Hawaii or Mexico. Humpback
                                               as tides, weather, season, food                                                                               whales generally arrive in southeast
                                               availability, and reproduction (Muto,                      The humpback whale is distributed                  Alaska in March and return to their
                                               2017a).                                                 worldwide in all ocean basins. In                     wintering grounds in November. Some
                                                  Harbor seals in Alaska are partitioned               winter, most humpback whales occur in                 humpback whales depart late or arrive
                                               into 12 separate stocks based largely on                the subtropical and tropical waters of                early to feeding grounds, and therefore
                                               genetic structure: (1) The Aleutian                     the Northern and Southern                             the species occurs in southeast Alaska
                                               Islands stock, (2) the Pribilof Islands                 Hemispheres, and migrate to high                      year-round (Straley 1990). Across the
                                               stock, (3) the Bristol Bay stock, (4) the               latitudes in the summer to feed. The                  region, there have been no recent
                                               North Kodiak stock, (5) the South                       historic summer feeding range of                      estimates of humpback whale density,
                                               Kodiak stock, (6) the Prince William                    humpback whales in the North Pacific                  and there have been no systematic
                                               Sound stock, (7) the Cook Inlet/Shelikof                encompassed coastal and inland waters                 surveys of humpback whales in or near
                                               stock, (8) the Glacier Bay/Icy Strait                   around the Pacific Rim from Point                     the project area. Marine mammal
                                               stock, (9) the Lynn Canal/Stephens                      Conception, California, north to the Gulf             experts in the region have indicated that
                                               Passage stock, (10) the Sitka/Chatham                   of Alaska and the Bering Sea, and west                there are as many as 12 humpbacks
                                               stock, (11) the Dixon/Cape Decision                     along the Aleutian Islands to the                     present in Tenakee Inlet from spring
                                               stock, and (12) the Clarence Strait stock.              Kamchatka Peninsula and into the Sea                  through fall. During the winter, they are
                                               Only the Glacier Bay/Icy Strait stock is                of Okhotsk and north of the Bering                    less common, but are regularly present
                                               considered in this proposed IHA. The                    Strait (Johnson and Wolman 1984).                     (S. Lewis and M. Dahlheim, pers.
                                               range of this stock includes Cape                          Under the MMPA, there are three                    comm.).
                                               Fairweather southeast to Column Point,                  stocks of humpback whales in the North
                                               extending inland to Glacier Bay, Icy                    Pacific: (1) The California/Oregon/                   Minke Whale
                                               Strait, and from Hanus Reef south to                    Washington and Mexico stock,                            Minke whales are found throughout
                                               Tenakee Inlet (Muto, 2017a).                            consisting of winter/spring populations               the northern hemisphere in polar,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                  Survey data from 2003 through 2011                   in coastal Central America and coastal                temperate, and tropical waters. In the
                                               indicate that there are eight harbor seal               Mexico which migrate to the coast of                  North Pacific, minke whales occur from
                                               haulouts in Tenakee Inlet and a number                  California to southern British Columbia               the Bering and Chukchi seas south to
                                               of others nearby in Chatham Strait and                  in summer/fall; (2) the central North                 near the Equator (Leatherwood et al.,
                                               Freshwater Bay (Figure 4–3). The                        Pacific stock, consisting of winter/                  1982). In Alaska, the minke whale diet
                                               nearest haulout to the project site is                  spring populations of the Hawaiian                    consists primarily of euphausiids and
                                               located on Tenakee Reef, near Tenakee                   Islands which migrate primarily to                    walleye pollock. Minke whales are


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12158                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               generally found in shallow, coastal                     (2009) noted a 5.2 percent annual                     Alaska) of the range of this stock as
                                               waters within 200 meters of shore                       decline in transient killer whales                    currently designated. Because the total
                                               (Zerbini et al., 2006) and are usually                  observed in southeast Alaska. The                     stock abundance estimates are more
                                               solitary or in small groups of 2 to 3.                  northern resident stock occurs from                   than eight years old (with the exception
                                               Rarely, loose aggregations of up to 400                 Washington State through part of                      of the 2010–2012 abundance estimates
                                               animals have been associated with                       southeastern Alaska. The trend for the                provided for the inland waters of
                                               feeding areas in arctic latitudes. In                   Northern resident stock is an increasing              Southeast Alaska), and the frequency of
                                               Alaska, seasonal movements are                          population with an average of 2.1                     incidental mortality and serious injury
                                               associated with feeding areas that are                  percent annual increase over a 36-year                in U.S. commercial fisheries throughout
                                               generally located at the edge of the pack               period.                                               Southeast Alaska is not known, the
                                               ice (NMFS 2014). Surveys in southeast                     Surveys between 1991 and 2007                       Southeast Alaska stock of harbor
                                               Alaska have consistently identified                     encountered resident killer whales                    porpoise is classified as a strategic
                                               individuals throughout inland waters in                 during all seasons throughout southeast               stock. Population trends and status of
                                               low numbers (Dahlheim et al., 2009).                    Alaska. Both residents and transients                 this stock relative to its Optimum
                                                  Little is known about minke whale                    were common in a variety of habitats                  Sustainable Population are currently
                                               abundance and distribution in the                       and all major waterways, including                    unknown.
                                               project area as there have been no                      protected bays and inlets. During this                   There are no subsistence use of this
                                               systematic studies conducted on the                     study, strong seasonal variation in                   species; however, as noted above,
                                               species in or near Tenakee Inlet.                       abundance or distribution of killer                   entanglement in fishing gear contributes
                                               Surveys throughout southeast Alaska                     whales was not present, but there was                 to human-caused mortality and serious
                                               between 1991 and 2007 recorded minke                    substantial variability between years                 injury. Muto et al. (2017a) also reports
                                               whales infrequently, but noted a wide                   (Dahlheim et al., 2009). In Tenakee                   harbor porpoise are vulnerable to
                                               variety of habitat types used throughout                Inlet, systematic surveys of killer whales            physical modifications of nearshore
                                               all inland waters and little seasonal                   have not been completed. Nevertheless,                habitats resulting from urban and
                                               variation. During these surveys, the                    local marine mammal experts estimate                  industrial development (including
                                               observation nearest to Tenakee Springs                  that approximately one killer whale pod               waste management and nonpoint source
                                               was in Chatham Strait, approximately                    passes by Tenakee Springs each month                  runoff) and activities such as
                                               10 miles south of the mouth of Tenakee                  (Lewis, S., pers. comm.). It is not known             construction of docks and other over-
                                               Inlet. Concentrations of minke whales                   whether these are resident or transient               water structures, filling of shallow areas,
                                               were observed near the entrance to                      whales.                                               dredging, and noise (Linnenschmidt et
                                               Glacier Bay. Most minke whales                                                                                al., 2013).
                                                                                                       Harbor Porpoise                                          Information on harbor porpoise
                                               observed during the surveys were
                                               individual animals (Dahlheim et al.,                       The harbor porpoise inhabits                       abundance and distribution in Tenakee
                                               2009).                                                  temporal, subarctic, and arctic waters.               Inlet has not been systematically
                                                                                                       In the eastern North Pacific, harbor                  collected. Anecdotal observations from
                                               Killer Whale                                            porpoises range from Point Barrow,                    marine mammal researchers indicate
                                                  Killer whales have been observed in                  Alaska, to Point Conception, California.              that harbor porpoise are seen a few
                                               all the world’s oceans, but the highest                 Harbor porpoise primarily frequent                    times per month in groups of 3 to 5
                                               densities occur in colder and more                      coastal waters and occur most                         individuals, but there is no seasonal
                                               productive waters found at high                         frequently in waters less than 100 m                  trend to these observations (Dahlheim,
                                               latitudes (NMFS 2016a). Killer whales                   deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010). They may                 M., pers. comm.).
                                               occur along the entire Alaska coast, in                 occasionally be found in deeper offshore
                                               British Columbia and Washington                         waters.                                               Dall’s Porpoise
                                               inland waterways, and along the outer                      In Alaska, harbor porpoises are                      Dall’s porpoise are widely distributed
                                               coasts of Washington, Oregon, and                       currently divided into three stocks,                  across the entire North Pacific Ocean.
                                               California (Muto et al., 2017a).                        based primarily on geography: (1) The                 They are found over the continental
                                                  Based on data regarding association                  Southeast Alaska stock—occurring from                 shelf adjacent to the slope and over
                                               patterns, acoustics, movements, and                     the northern border of British Columbia               deep (2,500∂ meters) oceanic waters
                                               genetic differences, eight killer whale                 to Cape Suckling, Alaska, (2) the Gulf of             (Hall 1979). They have been sighted
                                               stocks are now recognized within the                    Alaska stock—occurring from Cape                      throughout the North Pacific as far north
                                               Pacific U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone.                   Suckling to Unimak Pass, and (3) the                  as 65° N (Buckland et al., 1993) and as
                                               This proposed IHA considers only the                    Bering Sea stock—occurring throughout                 far south as 28° N in the eastern North
                                               Alaska resident stock, northern resident                the Aleutian Islands and all waters                   Pacific (Leatherwood and Fielding
                                               and the west coast transient, all other                 north of Unimak Pass. Only the                        1974). The only apparent distribution
                                               stocks occur outside the geographic area                Southeast Alaska stock is considered in               gaps in Alaska waters are upper Cook
                                               under consideration (Muto et al.,                       this proposed IHA because the other                   Inlet and the shallow eastern flats of the
                                               2017a).                                                 stocks are not found in the geographic                Bering Sea. Throughout most of the
                                                  The Alaska Resident stock occurs                     area under consideration. The 2016 SAR                eastern North Pacific they are present
                                               from southeastern Alaska to the                         for this stock further delineated                     during all months of the year, although
                                               Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea. Photo-                 population estimates (Muto et al.,                    there may be seasonal onshore-offshore
                                               identification studies between 2005 and                 2017a). The total estimated annual level              movements along the west coast of the
                                               2009 identified 2,347 individuals in this               of human-caused mortality and serious                 continental U.S. (Loeb 1972,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               stock, including approximately 121 in                   injury for Southeast Alaska harbor                    Leatherwood and Fielding 1974) and
                                               southeast Alaska (Muto et al., 2017a).                  porpoise (n= 34) exceeds the calculated               winter movements of populations out of
                                               The West Coast transient stock occurs                   PBR of 8.9 porpoises. However, the                    areas with ice such as Prince William
                                               from California north through southeast                 calculated PBR is considered unreliable               Sound (Hall 1979).
                                               Alaska. Between 1975 and 2012, surveys                  for the entire stock because it is based                There currently is no information on
                                               identified 521 individual West Coast                    on estimates from surveys of only a                   the presence or abundance of Dall’s
                                               transient killer whales. Dahlheim et al.                portion (the inside 7of Southeast                     porpoises in Tenakee Inlet. Local


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                                      12159

                                               marine mammal experts indicate that                           Marine Mammal Hearing                                       measurements of hearing ability have
                                               the species is rarely seen near Tenakee                         Hearing is the most important sensory                     been successfully completed for
                                               Springs (Lewis, S., pers. comm.). Dall’s                      modality for marine mammals                                 mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
                                               porpoises likely occur more often in the                      underwater, and exposure to                                 cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)
                                               deeper waters of Chatham Strait,                              anthropogenic sound can have                                described generalized hearing ranges for
                                               although waters more than 600 feet (182                       deleterious effects. To appropriately                       these marine mammal hearing groups.
                                               meters) deep are found within the                             assess the potential effects of exposure                    Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
                                               central portion of Tenakee Inlet between                      to sound, it is necessary to understand                     based on the approximately 65 decibels
                                               Tenakee Springs and Chatham Strait                            the frequency ranges marine mammals                         (dB) threshold from the normalized
                                               (Figure 4–4). Average pod size in                             are able to hear. Current data indicate                     composite audiograms, with the
                                               southeast Alaska ranges from three to                         that not all marine mammal species                          exception for lower limits for low-
                                               six individuals (Dahlheim et al., 2009).                      have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,                      frequency cetaceans where the lower
                                               Dall’s porpoise commonly ‘‘bowride,’’                         Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and                        bound was deemed to be biologically
                                               or ride the wake created by large,                            Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).                       implausible and the lower bound from
                                               relatively fast-moving vessels. It is                         To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)                     Southall et al. (2007) retained. The
                                                                                                             recommended that marine mammals be                          functional groups and the associated
                                               possible that Dall’s porpoises may
                                                                                                             divided into functional hearing groups                      frequencies are indicated below in Table
                                               bowride alongside a vessel into the
                                                                                                             based on directly measured or estimated                     4 (note that these frequency ranges
                                               project area, but we would not expect                                                                                     correspond to the range for the
                                                                                                             hearing ranges on the basis of available
                                               individuals to stay for long periods or                       behavioral response data, audiograms                        composite group, with the entire range
                                               congregate in the project area, nor to                        derived using auditory evoked potential                     not necessarily reflecting the
                                               venture farther up Tenakee Inlet due to                       techniques, anatomical modeling, and                        capabilities of every species within that
                                               shallow water depths.                                         other data. Note that no direct                             group):

                                                                       TABLE 4—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS AND THEIR GENERALIZED HEARING RANGE
                                                                                              Hearing group                                                                    Generalized hearing range *

                                               Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) ...................................................................    7 Hz to 35 kHz (Best Hearing Range: 100 Hz to 8
                                                                                                                                                                     kHz).
                                               Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose                                   150 Hz to 160 kHz (Best Hearing Range: 10 kHz to
                                                 whales).                                                                                                            100 kHz).
                                               High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid,                              275 Hz to 160 kHz.
                                                 Lagenorhynchus cruciger and L. australis).
                                               Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) .................................................................   50 Hz to 86 kHz (Best Hearing Range: 1 kHz to 50
                                                                                                                                                                     kHz).
                                               Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ............................................          60 Hz to 39 kHz (Best Hearing Range: 2 kHz to 48
                                                                                                                                                                     kHz).
                                                 * Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
                                               hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
                                               with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).


                                                  The pinniped functional hearing                            Potential Effects of Specified Activities                   wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
                                               group was modified from Southall et al.                       on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat                         Frequency is the number of pressure
                                               (2007) on the basis of data indicating                                                                                    waves that pass by a reference point per
                                               that phocid species have consistently                            This section includes a summary and
                                                                                                                                                                         unit of time and is measured in hertz
                                                                                                             discussion of the ways that components
                                               demonstrated an extended frequency                                                                                        (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is
                                                                                                             of the specified activity may impact
                                               range of hearing compared to otariids,                                                                                    the distance between two peaks of a
                                                                                                             marine mammals and their habitat. The
                                               especially in the higher frequency range                                                                                  sound wave; lower frequency sounds
                                                                                                             ‘‘Estimated Take’’ section later in this
                                               (Hemilä et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,                                                                                  have longer wavelengths than higher
                                                                                                             document includes a quantitative
                                               2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).                                                                                          frequency sounds. Amplitude is the
                                                                                                             analysis of the number of individuals
                                                  For more detail concerning these                           that are expected to be taken by this                       height of the sound pressure wave or the
                                               groups and associated frequency ranges,                       activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact                           ‘loudness’ of a sound and is typically
                                               please see NMFS (2016) for a review of                        Analysis and Determination’’ section                        measured using the dB scale. A dB is
                                               available information. As previously                          considers the content of this section, the                  the ratio between a measured pressure
                                               discussed, seven marine mammal                                ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental                              (with sound) and a reference pressure
                                               species (five cetacean and two pinniped                       Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed                    (sound at a constant pressure,
                                               (one otariid and one phocid) species)                         Mitigation’’ section, to draw                               established by scientific standards). It is
                                               have the reasonable potential to co-                          conclusions regarding the likely impacts                    a logarithmic unit that accounts for large
                                               occur with the proposed survey                                of these activities on the reproductive                     variations in amplitude; therefore,
                                               activities. Please refer to Table 3. Of the                   success or survivorship of individuals                      relatively small changes in dB ratings
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               cetacean species that may be present,                         and how those impacts on individuals                        correspond to large changes in sound
                                               two are classified as low-frequency                           are likely to impact marine mammal                          pressure. When referring to sound
                                               cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species),                      species or stocks.                                          pressure levels (SPLs; the sound force
                                               one is classified as a mid-frequency                          Description of Sound Sources                                per unit area), sound is referenced in the
                                               cetaceans (i.e., killer whale), and two are                                                                               context of underwater sound pressure to
                                               classified as high-frequency cetaceans                          Sound travels in waves, the basic                         one microPascal (mPa). One pascal is the
                                               (i.e., harbor and Dall’s porpoise).                           components of which are frequency,                          pressure resulting from a force of one


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014     19:08 Mar 19, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000     Frm 00013    Fmt 4703    Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM    20MRN1


                                               12160                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               newton exerted over an area of one                      200 Hz and 50 kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson                    In-water construction activities
                                               square meter. The source level (SL)                     1995). In general, ambient sound levels               associated with the project would
                                               represents the sound level at a distance                tend to increase with increasing wind                 include impact pile driving, vibratory
                                               of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1                 speed and wave height. Surf noise                     pile driving and removal, and drilling.
                                               mPa). The received level is the sound                   becomes important near shore, with                    The sounds produced by these activities
                                               level at the listener’s position. Note that             measurements collected at a distance of               fall into one of two general sound types:
                                               all underwater sound levels in this                     8.5 km from shore showing an increase                 Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the
                                               document are referenced to a pressure of                of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band                    following). The distinction between
                                               1 mPa and all airborne sound levels in                  during heavy surf conditions.                         these two sound types is important
                                               this document are referenced to a                          • Precipitation: Sound from rain and               because they have differing potential to
                                               pressure of 20 mPa.                                     hail impacting the water surface can                  cause physical effects, particularly with
                                                  Root mean square (rms) is the                        become an important component of total                regard to hearing (e.g., Ward 1997 in
                                               quadratic mean sound pressure over the                  noise at frequencies above 500 Hz, and                Southall et al., 2007). Please see
                                               duration of an impulse. Rms is                          possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet                  Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
                                               calculated by squaring all of the sound                 times.                                                discussion of these concepts.
                                               amplitudes, averaging the squares, and                     • Biological: Marine mammals can                      Pulsed sound sources (e.g.,
                                               then taking the square root of the                      contribute significantly to ambient noise             explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
                                               average (Urick 1983). Rms accounts for                  levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The              impact pile driving) produce signals
                                               both positive and negative values;                      frequency band for biological                         that are brief (typically considered to be
                                               squaring the pressures makes all values                 contributions is from approximately 12                less than one second), broadband, atonal
                                               positive so that they may be accounted                  Hz to over 100 kHz.                                   transients (ANSI 1986; Harris 1998;
                                               for in the summation of pressure levels                    • Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient                NIOSH 1998; ISO 2003; ANSI 2005) and
                                               (Hastings and Popper 2005). This                        noise related to human activity include               occur either as isolated events or
                                               measurement is often used in the                                                                              repeated in some succession. Pulsed
                                                                                                       transportation (surface vessels and
                                               context of discussing behavioral effects,                                                                     sounds are all characterized by a
                                                                                                       aircraft), dredging and construction, oil
                                               in part because behavioral effects,                                                                           relatively rapid rise from ambient
                                                                                                       and gas drilling and production, seismic
                                               which often result from auditory cues,                                                                        pressure to a maximal pressure value
                                                                                                       surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean
                                               may be better expressed through                                                                               followed by a rapid decay period that
                                                                                                       acoustic studies. Shipping noise
                                               averaged units than by peak pressures.                                                                        may include a period of diminishing,
                                                  When underwater objects vibrate or                   typically dominates the total ambient
                                                                                                                                                             oscillating maximal and minimal
                                               activity occurs, sound-pressure waves                   noise for frequencies between 20 and
                                                                                                                                                             pressures, and generally have an
                                               are created. These waves alternately                    300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of
                                                                                                                                                             increased capacity to induce physical
                                               compress and decompress the water as                    anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
                                                                                                                                                             injury as compared with sounds that
                                               the sound wave travels. Underwater                      and, if higher frequency sound levels                 lack these features.
                                               sound waves radiate in all directions                   are created, they attenuate rapidly                      Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,
                                               away from the source (similar to ripples                (Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from                 narrowband, or broadband, brief or
                                               on the surface of a pond), except in                    identifiable anthropogenic sources other              prolonged, and may be either
                                               cases where the source is directional.                  than the activity of interest (e.g., a                continuous or non-continuous (ANSI
                                               The compressions and decompressions                     passing vessel) is sometimes termed                   1995; NIOSH 1998). Some of these non-
                                               associated with sound waves are                         background sound, as opposed to                       pulsed sounds can be transient signals
                                               detected as changes in pressure by                      ambient sound.                                        of short duration but without the
                                               aquatic life and man-made sound                            The sum of the various natural and                 essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
                                               receptors such as hydrophones.                          anthropogenic sound sources at any                    rise time). Examples of non-pulsed
                                                  Even in the absence of sound from the                given location and time—which                         sounds include those produced by
                                               specified activity, the underwater                      comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’                vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
                                               environment is typically loud due to                    sound—depends not only on the source                  such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
                                               ambient sound. Ambient sound is                         levels (as determined by current                      pile driving, and active sonar systems.
                                               defined as environmental background                     weather conditions and levels of                      The duration of such sounds, as
                                               sound levels lacking a single source or                 biological and shipping activity) but                 received at a distance, can be greatly
                                               point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the                also on the ability of sound to propagate             extended in a highly reverberant
                                               sound level of a region is defined by the               through the environment. In turn, sound               environment.
                                               total acoustical energy being generated                 propagation is dependent on the                          Impact hammers operate by
                                               by known and unknown sources. These                     spatially and temporally varying                      repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto
                                               sources may include physical (e.g.,                     properties of the water column and sea                a pile to drive the pile into the substrate.
                                               waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric                    floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a               Sound generated by impact hammers is
                                               sound), biological (e.g., sounds                        result of the dependence on a large                   characterized by rapid rise times and
                                               produced by marine mammals, fish, and                   number of varying factors, ambient                    high peak levels, a potentially injurious
                                               invertebrates), and anthropogenic sound                 sound levels can be expected to vary                  combination (Hastings and Popper
                                               (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft,                     widely over both coarse and fine spatial              2005). Vibratory hammers install piles
                                               construction). A number of sources                      and temporal scales. Sound levels at a                by vibrating them and allowing the
                                               contribute to ambient sound, including                  given frequency and location can vary                 weight of the hammer to push them into
                                               the following (Richardson et al., 1995):                by 10–20 dB from day to day                           the sediment. Vibratory hammers
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                  • Wind and waves: The complex                        (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is              produce significantly less sound than
                                               interactions between wind and water                     that, depending on the source type and                impact hammers. Peak SPLs may be 180
                                               surface, including processes such as                    its intensity, sound from the specified               dB or greater, but are generally 10 to 20
                                               breaking waves and wave-induced                         activity may be a negligible addition to              dB lower than SPLs generated during
                                               bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a               the local environment or could form a                 impact pile driving of the same-sized
                                               main source of naturally occurring                      distinctive signal that may affect marine             pile (Oestman et al., 2009). Rise time is
                                               ambient noise for frequencies between                   mammals.                                              slower, reducing the probability and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                             12161

                                               severity of injury, and sound energy is                 responsiveness. Third is a zone within                driving pulses as received close to the
                                               distributed over a greater amount of                    which, for signals of high intensity, the             source) are at least 6 dB higher than the
                                               time (Nedwell and Edwards 2002;                         received level is sufficient to potentially           TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis
                                               Carlson et al., 2005). Drilling to insert               cause discomfort or tissue damage to                  and PTS cumulative sound exposure
                                               the steel piles (not for tension anchors)               auditory or other systems. Overlaying                 level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher
                                               will be operated by a down-hole                         these zones to a certain extent is the                than TTS cumulative sound exposure
                                               hammer. A down-hole hammer is a drill                   area within which masking (i.e., when a               level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007).
                                               bit that drills through the bedrock using               sound interferes with or masks the                    Given the higher level of sound or
                                               a pulse mechanism that functions at the                 ability of an animal to detect a signal of            longer exposure duration necessary to
                                               bottom of the hole. This pulsing bit                    interest that is above the absolute                   cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is
                                               breaks up rock to allow removal of                      hearing threshold) may occur; the                     considerably less likely that PTS could
                                               debris and insertion of the pile. The                   masking zone may be highly variable in                occur.
                                               head extends so that the drilling takes                 size.                                                    TTS is the mildest form of hearing
                                               place below the pile. The pulsing                          We describe the more severe effects                impairment that can occur during
                                               sounds produced by the hammer                           (i.e., permanent hearing impairment,                  exposure to sound (Kryter 1985). While
                                               method are continuous and reduces                       certain non-auditory physical or                      experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
                                               sound attenuation because the noise is                  physiological effects) only briefly as we             rises, and a sound must be at a higher
                                               primarily contained within the steel pile               do not expect that there is a reasonable              level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
                                               and below ground rather than impact                     likelihood that ADOT&PF’s activities                  and marine mammals, TTS can last from
                                               hammer driving methods which occur                      may result in such effects (see below for             minutes or hours to days (in cases of
                                               at the top of the pile (R&M 2016).                      further discussion). Marine mammals                   strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
                                                                                                       exposed to high-intensity sound, or to                sensitivity recovers rapidly after
                                               Acoustic Impacts                                        lower-intensity sound for prolonged                   exposure to the sound ends. Few data
                                                  Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad                   periods, can experience hearing                       on sound levels and durations necessary
                                               range of frequencies and sound levels                   threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of            to elicit mild TTS have been obtained
                                               and can have a range of highly variable                 hearing sensitivity at certain frequency              for marine mammals.
                                               impacts on marine life, from none or                    ranges (Kastak et al., 1999; Schlundt et                 Marine mammal hearing plays a
                                               minor to potentially severe responses,                  al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002, 2005b).             critical role in communication with
                                               depending on received levels, duration                  TS can be permanent (PTS), in which                   conspecifics, and interpretation of
                                               of exposure, behavioral context, and                    case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not           environmental cues for purposes such
                                               various other factors. The potential                    fully recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in             as predator avoidance and prey capture.
                                               effects of underwater sound from active                 which case the animal’s hearing                       Depending on the degree (elevation of
                                               acoustic sources can potentially result                 threshold would recover over time                     threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
                                               in one or more of the following;                        (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound               time), and frequency range of TTS, and
                                               temporary or permanent hearing                          exposure that leads to TTS could cause                the context in which it is experienced,
                                               impairment, non-auditory physical or                    PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can                TTS can have effects on marine
                                               physiological effects, behavioral                       be total or partial deafness, while in                mammals ranging from discountable to
                                               disturbance, stress, and masking                        most cases the animal has an impaired                 serious. For example, a marine mammal
                                               (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al.,                ability to hear sounds in specific                    may be able to readily compensate for
                                               2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et                 frequency ranges (Kryter 1985).                       a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
                                               al., 2007; Gotz et al., 2009). The degree                  When PTS occurs, there is physical                 in a non-critical frequency range that
                                               of effect is intrinsically related to the               damage to the sound receptors in the ear              occurs during a time where ambient
                                               signal characteristics, received level,                 (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS                    noise is lower and there are not as many
                                               distance from the source, and duration                  represents primarily tissue fatigue and               competing sounds present.
                                               of the sound exposure. In general,                      is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In             Alternatively, a larger amount and
                                               sudden, high level sounds can cause                     addition, other investigators have                    longer duration of TTS sustained during
                                               hearing loss, as can longer exposures to                suggested that TTS is within the normal               a time when communication is critical
                                               lower level sounds. Temporary or                        bounds of physiological variability and               for successful mother/calf interactions
                                               permanent loss of hearing will occur                    tolerance and does not represent                      could have more serious impacts.
                                               almost exclusively for noise within an                  physical injury (e.g., Ward 1997).                       Currently, TTS data only exist for four
                                               animal’s hearing range. We first describe               Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS                 species of cetaceans (bottlenose dolphin
                                               specific manifestations of acoustic                     to constitute auditory injury.                        (Tursiops truncatus), beluga whale
                                               effects before providing discussion                        Relationships between TTS and PTS                  (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
                                               specific to ADOT&PF’s construction                      thresholds have not been studied in                   porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise
                                               activities.                                             marine mammals—PTS data exists only                   (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis) and three
                                                  Richardson et al. (1995) described                   for a single harbor seal (Kastak et al.,              species of pinnipeds (northern elephant
                                               zones of increasing intensity of effect                 2008)—but are assumed to be similar to                seal, harbor seal, and California sea lion)
                                               that might be expected to occur, in                     those in humans and other terrestrial                 exposed to a limited number of sound
                                               relation to distance from a source and                  mammals. PTS typically occurs at                      sources (i.e., mostly tones and octave-
                                               assuming that the signal is within an                   exposure levels at least several dB above             band noise) in laboratory settings (e.g.,
                                               animal’s hearing range. First is the area               a 40-dB threshold shift approximates                  Finneran et al., 2002; Nachtigall et al.,
                                               within which the acoustic signal would                  PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et al., 1966;                 2004; Kastak et al., 2005; Lucke et al.,
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               be audible (potentially perceived) to the               Miller, 1974 found that inducing mild                 2009; Popov et al., 2011). In general,
                                               animal, but not strong enough to elicit                 TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift)                          harbor seals (Kastak et al., 2005;
                                               any overt behavioral or physiological                   approximates TTS onset (e.g., Southall                Kastelein et al., 2012a) and harbor
                                               response. The next zone corresponds                     et al., 2007). Based on data from                     porpoises (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein
                                               with the area where the signal is audible               terrestrial mammals, a precautionary                  et al., 2012b) have a lower TTS onset
                                               to the animal and of sufficient intensity               assumption is that the PTS thresholds                 than other measured pinniped or
                                               to elicit behavioral or physiological                   for impulse sounds (such as impact pile               cetacean species. Additionally, the


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12162                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               existing marine mammal TTS data come                    well as the interplay between factors                 significant to the individual, let alone
                                               from a limited number of individuals                    (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et            the stock or population. However, if a
                                               within these species. There are no data                 al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,           sound source displaces marine
                                               available on noise-induced hearing loss                 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral                mammals from an important feeding or
                                               for mysticetes. For summaries of data on                reactions can vary not only among                     breeding area for a prolonged period,
                                               TTS in marine mammals or for further                    individuals but also within an                        impacts on individuals and populations
                                               discussion of TTS onset thresholds,                     individual, depending on previous                     could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
                                               please see Southall et al. (2007) and                   experience with a sound source,                       Bejder 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005).
                                               Finneran and Jenkins (2012).                            context, and numerous other factors                   However, there are broad categories of
                                                  In addition to PTS and TTS, there is                 (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                  potential response, which we describe
                                               a potential for non-auditory                            depending on characteristics associated               in greater detail here, that include
                                               physiological effects or injuries that                  with the sound source (e.g., whether it               alteration of dive behavior, alteration of
                                               theoretically might occur in marine                     is moving or stationary, number of                    foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
                                               mammals exposed to high level                           sources, distance from the source).                   interference with or alteration of
                                               underwater sound or as a secondary                      Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                 vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
                                               effect of extreme behavioral reactions                  et al. (2007) for a review of studies                    Changes in dive behavior can vary
                                               (e.g., change in dive profile as a result               involving marine mammal behavioral                    widely, and may consist of increased or
                                               of an avoidance reaction) caused by                     responses to sound.                                   decreased dive times and surface
                                               exposure to sound. These impacts can                       Habituation can occur when an                      intervals as well as changes in the rates
                                               include neurological effects, bubble                    animal’s response to a stimulus wanes                 of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
                                               formation, resonance effects, and other                 with repeated exposure, usually in the                Frankel and Clark 2000; Costa et al.,
                                               types of organ or tissue damage (Cox et                 absence of unpleasant associated events               2003; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et
                                               al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer                (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most              al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).
                                               and Tyack 2007). The AKOT & PF’s                        likely to habituate to sounds that are                Variations in dive behavior may reflect
                                               activities do not involve the use of                    predictable and unvarying. It is                      interruptions in biologically significant
                                               devices such as explosives or mid-                      important to note that habituation is                 activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
                                               frequency active sonar that are                         appropriately considered as a                         of little biological significance. The
                                               associated with these types of effects.                 ‘‘progressive reduction in response to                impact of an alteration to dive behavior
                                                  When a live or dead marine mammal                    stimuli that are perceived as neither                 resulting from an acoustic exposure
                                               swims or floats onto shore and is                       aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,            depends on what the animal is doing at
                                               incapable of returning to sea, the event                more generally, moderation in response                the time of the exposure and the type
                                               is termed a ‘‘stranding’’ (16 U.S.C.                    to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,                  and magnitude of the response.
                                               1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known                     2009). The opposite process is                           Disruption of feeding behavior can be
                                               to strand for a variety of reasons, such                sensitization, when an unpleasant                     difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
                                               as infectious agents, biotoxicosis,                     experience leads to subsequent                        sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
                                               starvation, fishery interaction, ship                   responses, often in the form of                       by observed displacement from known
                                               strike, unusual oceanographic or                        avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.              foraging areas, the appearance of
                                               weather events, sound exposure, or                      As noted, behavioral state may affect the             secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
                                               combinations of these stressors                         type of response. For example, animals                or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
                                               sustained concurrently or in series (e.g.,              that are resting may show greater                     behavior. As for other types of
                                               Geraci et al., 1999). However, the cause                behavioral change in response to                      behavioral response, the frequency,
                                               or causes of most strandings are                        disturbing sound levels than animals                  duration, and temporal pattern of signal
                                               unknown (e.g., Best 1982).                              that are highly motivated to remain in                presentation, as well as differences in
                                               Combinations of dissimilar stressors                    an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,               species sensitivity, are likely
                                               may combine to kill an animal or                        1995; NRC 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).                contributing factors to differences in
                                               dramatically reduce its fitness, even                   Controlled experiments with captive                   response in any given circumstance
                                               though one exposure without the other                   marine mammals have showed                            (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;
                                               would not be expected to produce the                    pronounced behavioral reactions,                      2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
                                               same outcome (e.g., Sih et al., 2004). For              including avoidance of loud sound                     al., 2007). A determination of whether
                                               further description of stranding events                 sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran               foraging disruptions incur fitness
                                               see, e.g., Southall et al., 2006; Jepson et             et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild             consequences would require
                                               al., 2013; Wright et al., 2013.                         marine mammals to loud-pulsed sound                   information on or estimates of the
                                                  Behavioral effects—Behavioral                        sources (typically seismic airguns or                 energetic requirements of the affected
                                               disturbance may include a variety of                    acoustic harassment devices) have been                individuals and the relationship
                                               effects, including subtle changes in                    varied but often consist of avoidance                 between prey availability, foraging effort
                                               behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance                behavior or other behavioral changes                  and success, and the life history stage of
                                               of an area or changes in vocalizations),                suggesting discomfort (Morton and                     the animal.
                                               more conspicuous changes in similar                     Symonds 2002; see also Richardson et                     Variations in respiration naturally
                                               behavioral activities, and more                         al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).                     vary with different behaviors and
                                               sustained and/or potentially severe                        Available studies show wide variation              alterations to breathing rate as a
                                               reactions, such as displacement from or                 in response to underwater sound;                      function of acoustic exposure can be
                                               abandonment of high-quality habitat.                    therefore, it is difficult to predict                 expected to co-occur with other
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Behavioral responses to sound are                       specifically how any given sound in a                 behavioral reactions, such as a flight
                                               highly variable and context-specific and                particular instance might affect marine               response or an alteration in diving.
                                               any reactions depend on numerous                        mammals perceiving the signal. If a                   However, respiration rates in and of
                                               intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,                  marine mammal does react briefly to an                themselves may be representative of
                                               species, state of maturity, experience,                 underwater sound by changing its                      annoyance or an acute stress response.
                                               current activity, reproductive state,                   behavior or moving a small distance, the              Various studies have shown that
                                               auditory sensitivity, time of day), as                  impacts of the change are unlikely to be              respiration rates may either be


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                             12163

                                               unaffected or could increase, depending                 signals exist, although observations of                  Stress responses—An animal’s
                                               on the species and signal characteristics,              flight responses to the presence of                   perception of a threat may be sufficient
                                               again highlighting the importance in                    predators have occurred (Connor and                   to trigger stress responses consisting of
                                               understanding species differences in the                Heithaus 1996). The result of a flight                some combination of behavioral
                                               tolerance of underwater noise when                      response could range from brief,                      responses, autonomic nervous system
                                               determining the potential for impacts                   temporary exertion and displacement                   responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
                                               resulting from anthropogenic sound                      from the area where the signal provokes               immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950;
                                               exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,                 flight to, in extreme cases, marine                   Moberg 2000). In many cases, an
                                               2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).                      mammal strandings (Evans and England                  animal’s first and sometimes most
                                                  Marine mammals vocalize for                          2001). However, it should be noted that               economical (in terms of energetic costs)
                                               different purposes and across multiple                  response to a perceived predator does                 response is behavioral avoidance of the
                                               modes, such as whistling, echolocation                  not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and               potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
                                               click production, calling, and singing.                 Reeves 2008), and whether individuals                 system responses to stress typically
                                               Changes in vocalization behavior in                     are solitary or in groups may influence               involve changes in heart rate, blood
                                               response to anthropogenic noise can                     the response.                                         pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
                                               occur for any of these modes and may                       Behavioral disturbance can also                    These responses have a relatively short
                                               result from a need to compete with an                   impact marine mammals in more subtle                  duration and may or may not have a
                                               increase in background noise or may                     ways. Increased vigilance may result in               significant long-term effect on an
                                               reflect increased vigilance or a startle                costs related to diversion of focus and               animal’s fitness.
                                               response. For example, in the presence                  attention (i.e., when a response consists                Neuroendocrine stress responses often
                                               of potentially masking signals,                         of increased vigilance, it may come at                involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-
                                               humpback whales and killer whales                       the cost of decreased attention to other              adrenal system. Virtually all
                                               have been observed to increase the                      critical behaviors such as foraging or                neuroendocrine functions that are
                                               length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;             resting). These effects have generally not            affected by stress—including immune
                                               Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),             been demonstrated for marine                          competence, reproduction, metabolism,
                                               while right whales (Eubalaena glacialis)                mammals, but studies involving fish                   and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
                                               have been observed to shift the                         and terrestrial animals have shown that               hormones. Stress-induced changes in
                                               frequency content of their calls upward                 increased vigilance may substantially                 the secretion of pituitary hormones have
                                               while reducing the rate of calling in                                                                         been implicated in failed reproduction,
                                                                                                       reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
                                               areas of increased anthropogenic noise                                                                        altered metabolism, reduced immune
                                                                                                       and Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
                                               (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases,                                                                         competence, and behavioral disturbance
                                                                                                       Purser and Radford 2011). In addition,
                                               animals may cease sound production                                                                            (e.g., Moberg 1987; Blecha 2000).
                                                                                                       chronic disturbance can cause
                                               during production of aversive signals                                                                         Increases in the circulation of
                                                                                                       population declines through reduction
                                               (Bowles et al., 1994).                                                                                        glucocorticoids are also equated with
                                                  Avoidance is the displacement of an                  of fitness (e.g., decline in body
                                                                                                                                                             stress (Romano et al., 2004).
                                               individual from an area or migration                    condition) and subsequent reduction in                   The primary distinction between
                                               path because of the presence of a sound                 reproductive success, survival, or both               stress (which is adaptive and does not
                                               or other stressors, and is one of the most              (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan              normally place an animal at risk) and
                                               obvious manifestations of disturbance in                et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).                 ‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
                                               marine mammals (Richardson et al.,                      However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported               During a stress response, an animal uses
                                               1995). For example, gray whales                         that increased vigilance in bottlenose                glycogen stores that can be quickly
                                               (Eschrictius robustus) are known to                     dolphins exposed to sound over a five-                replenished once the stress is alleviated.
                                               change direction—deflecting from                        day period did not cause any sleep                    In such circumstances, the cost of the
                                               customary migratory paths—in order to                   deprivation or stress effects.                        stress response would not pose serious
                                               avoid noise from seismic surveys                           Many animals perform vital functions,              fitness consequences. However, when
                                               (Malme et al., 1984). Avoidance may be                  such as feeding, resting, traveling, and              an animal does not have sufficient
                                               short-term, with animals returning to                   socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour                 energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
                                               the area once the noise has ceased (e.g.,               cycle). Disruption of such functions                  costs of a stress response, energy
                                               Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996; Stone                 resulting from reactions to stressors                 resources must be diverted from other
                                               et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002;                 such as sound exposure are more likely                functions. This state of distress will last
                                               Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term                       to be significant if they last more than              until the animal replenishes its
                                               displacement is possible, however,                      one diel cycle or recur on subsequent                 energetic reserves sufficient to restore
                                               which may lead to changes in                            days (Southall et al., 2007).                         normal function.
                                               abundance or distribution patterns of                   Consequently, a behavioral response                      Relationships between these
                                               the affected species in the affected                    lasting less than one day and not                     physiological mechanisms, animal
                                               region if habituation to the presence of                recurring on subsequent days is not                   behavior, and the costs of stress
                                               the sound does not occur (e.g.,                         considered particularly severe unless it              responses are well studied through
                                               Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,                  could directly affect reproduction or                 controlled experiments and for both
                                               2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).                           survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that           laboratory and free-ranging animals
                                                  A flight response is a dramatic change               there is a difference between multi-day               (e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
                                               in normal movement to a directed and                    substantive behavioral reactions and                  1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
                                               rapid movement away from the                            multi-day anthropogenic activities. For               al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               perceived location of a sound source.                   example, just because an activity lasts               responses due to exposure to
                                               The flight response differs from other                  for multiple days does not necessarily                anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
                                               avoidance responses in the intensity of                 mean that individual animals are either               and their effects on marine mammals
                                               the response (e.g., directed movement,                  exposed to activity-related stressors for             have also been reviewed (Fair and
                                               rate of travel). Relatively little                      multiple days or, further, exposed in a               Becker 2000; Romano et al., 2002b) and,
                                               information on flight responses of                      manner resulting in sustained multi-day               more rarely, studied in wild populations
                                               marine mammals to anthropogenic                         substantive behavioral responses.                     (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12164                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               example, Rolland et al. (2012) found                    likely to affect detection of mysticete               to marine mammals from pile driving
                                               that noise reduction from reduced ship                  communication calls and other                         and DTH drilling activities are expected
                                               traffic in the Bay of Fundy was                         potentially important natural sounds                  to result primarily from acoustic
                                               associated with decreased stress in                     such as those produced by surf and                    pathways. As such, the degree of effect
                                               North Atlantic right whales. These and                  some prey species. The masking of                     is intrinsically related to the frequency,
                                               other studies lead to a reasonable                      communication signals by                              received level, and duration of the
                                               expectation that some marine mammals                    anthropogenic noise may be considered                 sound exposure, which are in turn
                                               will experience physiological stress                    as a reduction in the communication                   influenced by the distance between the
                                               responses upon exposure to acoustic                     space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)           animal and the source. The further away
                                               stressors and that it is possible that                  and may result in energetic or other                  from the source, the less intense the
                                               some of these would be classified as                    costs as animals change their                         exposure should be. The substrate and
                                               ‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal                   vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,           depth of the habitat affect the sound
                                               experiencing TTS would likely also                      2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,               propagation properties of the
                                               experience stress responses (NRC,                       2007b; Di Iorio and Clark 2009; Holt et               environment. In addition, substrates
                                               2003).                                                  al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in                 that are soft (e.g., sand) would absorb or
                                                  Auditory masking—Sound can                           situations where the signal and noise                 attenuate the sound more readily than
                                               disrupt behavior through masking, or                    come from different directions                        hard substrates (e.g., rock), which may
                                               interfering with, an animal’s ability to                (Richardson et al., 1995), through                    reflect the acoustic wave. Soft porous
                                               detect, recognize, or discriminate                      amplitude modulation of the signal, or                substrates would also likely require less
                                               between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,             through other compensatory behaviors                  time to drive the pile, and possibly less
                                               those used for intraspecific                            (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can                  forceful equipment, which would
                                               communication and social interactions,                  be tested directly in captive species                 ultimately decrease the intensity of the
                                               prey detection, predator avoidance,                     (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild                        acoustic source.
                                               navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995).                  populations it must be either modeled                    In the absence of mitigation, impacts
                                               Masking occurs when the receipt of a                    or inferred from evidence of masking                  to marine species could be expected to
                                               sound is interfered with by another                     compensation. There are few studies                   include physiological and behavioral
                                               coincident sound at similar frequencies                 addressing real-world masking sounds                  responses to the acoustic signature
                                               and at similar or higher intensity, and                 likely to be experienced by marine                    (Viada et al., 2008). Potential effects
                                               may occur whether the sound is natural                  mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et             from impulsive sound sources like pile
                                               (e.g., snapping shrimp, wind, waves,                    al., 2013).                                           driving can range in severity from
                                               precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,                     Masking affects both senders and                   effects such as behavioral disturbance to
                                               shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in                receivers of acoustic signals and can                 temporary or permanent hearing
                                               origin. The ability of a noise source to                potentially have long-term chronic                    impairment (Yelverton et al., 1973). Due
                                               mask biologically important sounds                      effects on marine mammals at the                      to the nature of the pile driving sounds
                                               depends on the characteristics of both                  population level as well as at the                    in the project, behavioral disturbance is
                                               the noise source and the signal of                      individual level. Low-frequency                       the most likely effect from the proposed
                                               interest (e.g., signal-to-noise ratio,                  ambient sound levels have increased by                activity. Marine mammals exposed to
                                               temporal variability, direction), in                    as much as 20 dB (more than three times               high intensity sound repeatedly or for
                                               relation to each other and to an animal’s               in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean                 prolonged periods can experience
                                               hearing abilities (e.g., sensitivity,                   from pre-industrial periods, with most                hearing threshold shifts. PTS constitutes
                                               frequency range, critical ratios,                       of the increase from distant commercial               injury, but TTS does not (Southall et al.,
                                               frequency discrimination, directional                   shipping (Hildebrand 2009). All                       2007). Based on the best scientific
                                               discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),               anthropogenic sound sources, but                      information available, the SPLs for the
                                               and existing ambient noise and                          especially chronic and lower-frequency                construction activities in this project are
                                               propagation conditions.                                 signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),                  below the thresholds that could cause
                                                  Under certain circumstances, marine                  contribute to elevated ambient sound                  TTS or the onset of PTS (Table 5 in
                                               mammals experiencing significant                        levels, thus intensifying masking.                    Estimated Take Section).
                                               masking could also be impaired from                                                                              Non-Auditory Physiological Effects—
                                               maximizing their performance fitness in                 Acoustic Effects, Underwater                          Non-auditory physiological effects or
                                               survival and reproduction. Therefore,                      Potential Effects of DTH drilling and              injuries that theoretically might occur in
                                               when the coincident (masking) sound is                  Pile Driving—The effects of sounds from               marine mammals exposed to strong
                                               man-made, it may be considered                          DTH drilling and pile driving might                   underwater sound include stress,
                                               harassment when disrupting or altering                  include one or more of the following:                 neurological effects, bubble formation,
                                               critical behaviors. It is important to                  temporary or permanent hearing                        resonance effects, and other types of
                                               distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist                  impairment, non-auditory physical or                  organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006;
                                               after the sound exposure, from masking,                 physiological effects, behavioral                     Southall et al., 2007). Studies examining
                                               which occurs during the sound                           disturbance, and masking (Richardson                  such effects are limited. In general, little
                                               exposure. Because masking (without                      et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2003;                    is known about the potential for pile
                                               resulting in TS) is not associated with                 Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al.,                driving or removal to cause auditory
                                               abnormal physiological function, it is                  2007). The effects of pile driving or                 impairment or other physical effects in
                                               not considered a physiological effect,                  drilling on marine mammals are                        marine mammals. Available data
                                               but rather a potential behavioral effect.               dependent on several factors, including               suggest that such effects, if they occur
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                  The frequency range of the potentially               the type and depth of the animal; the                 at all, would presumably be limited to
                                               masking sound is important in                           pile size and type, and the intensity and             short distances from the sound source
                                               determining any potential behavioral                    duration of the pile driving or drilling              and to activities that extend over a
                                               impacts. For example, low-frequency                     sound; the substrate; the standoff                    prolonged period. The available data do
                                               signals may have less effect on high-                   distance between the pile and the                     not allow identification of a specific
                                               frequency echolocation sounds                           animal; and the sound propagation                     exposure level above which non-
                                               produced by odontocetes but are more                    properties of the environment. Impacts                auditory effects can be expected


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                            12165

                                               (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful                 • Longer-term habitat abandonment                   activities. Cetaceans are not expected to
                                               quantitative predictions of the numbers                 due to loss of desirable acoustic                     be exposed to airborne sounds that
                                               (if any) of marine mammals that might                   environment; and                                      would result in harassment as defined
                                               be affected in those ways. Marine                         • Longer-term cessation of feeding or               under the MMPA.
                                               mammals that show behavioral                            social interaction.                                      Airborne noise will primarily be an
                                               avoidance of pile driving, including                      The onset of behavioral disturbance                 issue for pinnipeds that are swimming
                                               some odontocetes and some pinnipeds,                    from anthropogenic sound depends on                   or hauled out near the project site
                                               are especially unlikely to incur auditory               both external factors (characteristics of             within the range of noise levels elevated
                                               impairment or non-auditory physical                     sound sources and their paths) and the                above the acoustic criteria. We
                                               effects.                                                specific characteristics of the receiving             recognize that pinnipeds in the water
                                                                                                       animals (hearing, motivation,                         could be exposed to airborne sound that
                                               Disturbance Reactions                                   experience, demography) and is difficult              may result in behavioral harassment
                                                  Responses to continuous sound, such                  to predict (Southall et al., 2007).                   when looking with their heads above
                                               as vibratory pile installation, have not                                                                      water. Most likely, airborne sound
                                                                                                       Auditory Masking
                                               been documented as well as responses                                                                          would cause behavioral responses
                                               to pulsed sounds. With both types of                       Natural and artificial sounds can                  similar to those discussed above in
                                               pile driving, it is likely that the onset of            disrupt behavior by masking. The                      relation to underwater sound. For
                                               pile driving could result in temporary,                 frequency range of the potentially                    instance, anthropogenic sound could
                                               short-term changes in an animal’s                       masking sound is important in                         cause hauled-out pinnipeds to exhibit
                                               typical behavior and/or avoidance of the                determining any potential behavioral                  changes in their normal behavior, such
                                               affected area. These behavioral changes                 impacts. Because sound generated from                 as reduction in vocalizations, or cause
                                               may include (Richardson et al., 1995):                  in-water pile driving and removal and                 them to temporarily abandon the area
                                               Changing durations of surfacing and                     DTH drilling is mostly concentrated at                and move further from the source.
                                               dives, number of blows per surfacing, or                low-frequency ranges, it may have less                However, these animals would
                                               moving direction and/or speed;                          effect on high frequency echolocation                 previously have been ‘taken’ because of
                                               reduced/increased vocal activities;                     sounds made by porpoises. The most                    exposure to underwater sound above the
                                               changing/cessation of certain behavioral                intense underwater sounds in the                      behavioral harassment thresholds,
                                               activities (such as socializing or                      proposed action are those produced by                 which are in all cases larger than those
                                               feeding); visible startle response or                   impact pile driving. Given that the                   associated with airborne sound. Thus,
                                               aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke                 energy distribution of pile driving                   the behavioral harassment of these
                                               slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of                 covers a broad frequency spectrum,                    animals is already accounted for in
                                               areas where sound sources are located;                  sound from these sources would likely                 these estimates of potential take.
                                               and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds                be within the audible range of marine                 Multiple instances of exposure to sound
                                               flushing into water from haulouts or                    mammals present in the project area.                  above NMFS’ thresholds for behavioral
                                               rookeries). Pinnipeds may increase their                Impact pile driving activity is relatively            harassment are not believed to result in
                                               haul-out time, possibly to avoid in-                    short-term, with rapid pulses occurring               increased behavioral disturbance, in
                                               water disturbance (Thorson and Reyff                    for approximately fifteen minutes per                 either nature or intensity of disturbance
                                               2006). If a marine mammal responds to                   pile. The probability for impact pile                 reaction. Therefore, we do not believe
                                               a stimulus by changing its behavior                     driving resulting from this proposed                  that authorization of incidental take
                                               (e.g., through relatively minor changes                 action masking acoustic signals                       resulting from airborne sound for
                                               in locomotion direction/speed or                        important to the behavior and survival                pinnipeds is warranted, and airborne
                                               vocalization behavior), the response                    of marine mammal species is low.                      sound is not discussed further here.
                                               may or may not constitute taking at the                 Vibratory pile driving is also relatively
                                               individual level, and is unlikely to                    short-term, with rapid oscillations                   Anticipated Effects on Habitat
                                               affect the stock or the species as a                    occurring for approximately one and a                    The proposed activities at the project
                                               whole. However, if a sound source                       half hours per pile. It is possible that              area would not result in permanent
                                               displaces marine mammals from an                        vibratory pile driving resulting from this            negative impacts to habitats used
                                               important feeding or breeding area for a                proposed action may mask acoustic                     directly by marine mammals, but may
                                               prolonged period, impacts on animals,                   signals important to the behavior and                 have potential short-term impacts to
                                               and if so potentially on the stock or                   survival of marine mammal species, but                food sources such as forage fish and
                                               species, could potentially be significant               the short-term duration and limited                   may affect acoustic habitat (see masking
                                               (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder 2007; Weilgart                affected area would result in                         discussion above). There are no known
                                               2007).                                                  insignificant impacts from masking.                   foraging hotspots or other ocean bottom
                                                  The biological significance of many of               Any masking event that could possibly                 structure of significant biological
                                               these behavioral disturbances is difficult              rise to Level B harassment under the                  importance to marine mammals present
                                               to predict, especially if the detected                  MMPA would occur concurrently                         in the marine waters of the project area
                                               disturbances appear minor. However,                     within the zones of behavioral                        during the construction window.
                                               the consequences of behavioral                          harassment already estimated for DTH                  Therefore, the main impact issue
                                               modification could be biologically                      drilling and vibratory and impact pile                associated with the proposed activity
                                               significant if the change affects growth,               driving, and which have already been                  would be temporarily elevated sound
                                               survival, or reproduction. Significant                  taken into account in the exposure                    levels and the associated direct effects
                                               behavioral modifications that could                     analysis.                                             on marine mammals, as discussed
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               potentially lead to effects on growth,                     Acoustic Effects, Airborne—Pinnipeds               previously in this document. The
                                               survival, or reproduction include:                      that occur near the project site could be             primary potential acoustic impacts to
                                                  • Drastic changes in diving/surfacing                exposed to airborne sounds associated                 marine mammal habitat are associated
                                               patterns (such as those thought to cause                with pile driving and removal and DTH                 with elevated sound levels produced by
                                               beaked whale stranding due to exposure                  drilling that have the potential to cause             vibratory and impact pile driving and
                                               to military mid-frequency tactical                      behavioral harassment, depending on                   removal and DTH drilling in the area.
                                               sonar);                                                 their distance from pile driving                      However, other potential impacts to the


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12166                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               surrounding habitat from physical                       and prey are expected to be minimal                   number of days of activities. Below, we
                                               disturbance are also possible.                          based on the short duration of activities.            describe these components in more
                                                                                                         In summary, given the short daily                   detail and present the proposed take
                                               In-Water Construction Effects on                        duration of sound associated with                     estimate.
                                               Potential Prey (Fish)                                   individual pile driving and drilling
                                                  Construction activities would produce                events and the relatively small areas                 Acoustic Thresholds
                                               continuous (i.e., vibratory pile driving                being affected, pile driving and drilling                Using the best available science,
                                               and DTH drilling) and pulsed (i.e.                      activities associated with the proposed               NMFS has developed acoustic
                                               impact driving) sounds. Fish react to                   action are not likely to have a                       thresholds that identify the received
                                               sounds that are especially strong and/or                permanent, adverse effect on any fish                 level of underwater sound above which
                                               intermittent low-frequency sounds.                      habitat, or populations of fish species.              exposed marine mammals would be
                                               Short duration, sharp sounds can cause                  Thus, any impacts to marine mammal                    reasonably expected to be behaviorally
                                               overt or subtle changes in fish behavior                habitat are not expected to cause                     harassed (equated to Level B
                                               and local distribution. Hastings and                    significant or long-term consequences                 harassment) or to incur PTS of some
                                               Popper (2005) identified several studies                for individual marine mammals or their                degree (equated to Level A harassment).
                                               that suggest fish may relocate to avoid                 populations.                                             Level B Harassment for non-explosive
                                               certain areas of sound energy.                                                                                sources—Though significantly driven by
                                               Additional studies have documented                      Estimated Take                                        received level, the onset of behavioral
                                               effects of pile driving on fish, although                  This section provides an estimate of               disturbance from anthropogenic noise
                                               several are based on studies in support                 the number of incidental takes proposed               exposure is also informed to varying
                                               of large, multiyear bridge construction                 for authorization through this IHA,                   degrees by other factors related to the
                                               projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan 2001,                   which will inform both NMFS’                          source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
                                               2002; Popper and Hastings 2009). Sound                  consideration of whether the number of                duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,
                                               pulses at received levels of 160 dB may                 takes is ‘‘small’’ and the negligible                 bathymetry), and the receiving animals
                                               cause subtle changes in fish behavior.                  impact determination.                                 (hearing, motivation, experience,
                                               SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable                        Harassment is the only type of take                demography, behavioral context) and
                                               changes in behavior (Pearson et al.,                    expected to result from these activities.             can be difficult to predict (Southall et
                                               1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs of                    Except with respect to certain activities             al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2011). Based on
                                               sufficient strength have been known to                  not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the              what the available science indicates and
                                               cause injury to fish and fish mortality.                MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act                the practical need to use a threshold
                                                  The most likely impact to fish from                  of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which               based on a factor that is both predictable
                                               pile driving and drilling activities at the             (i) has the potential to injure a marine              and measurable for most activities,
                                               project area would be temporary                         mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  NMFS uses a generalized acoustic
                                               behavioral avoidance of the area. The                   wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                threshold based on received level to
                                               duration of fish avoidance of this area                 the potential to disturb a marine                     estimate the onset of behavioral
                                               after pile driving stops is unknown, but                mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  harassment. NMFS predicts that marine
                                               a rapid return to normal recruitment,                   wild by causing disruption of behavioral              mammals are likely to be behaviorally
                                               distribution and behavior is anticipated.               patterns, including, but not limited to,              harassed in a manner we consider Level
                                               In general, impacts to marine mammal                    migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              B harassment when exposed to
                                               prey species are expected to be minor                   feeding, or sheltering (Level B                       underwater anthropogenic noise above
                                               and temporary due to the short                          harassment).                                          received levels of 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
                                               timeframe for the project.                                 Authorized takes would be by Level B               for continuous (e.g. vibratory pile-
                                                                                                       harassment only, in the form of                       driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1
                                               Pile Driving Effects on Potential                       disruption of behavioral patterns for                 mPa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive
                                               Foraging Habitat                                        individual marine mammals resulting                   (e.g., seismic airguns and impact pile
                                                  The area likely impacted by the                      from exposure to pile driving and                     driving) or intermittent (e.g., scientific
                                               project is relatively small compared to                 drilling. Based on the nature of the                  sonar) sources.
                                               the available habitat in Tenakee Inlet                  activity and the anticipated                             ADOT&PF’s proposed activity
                                               (e.g., most of the impacted area is                     effectiveness of the mitigation measures              includes the use of continuous
                                               limited near the mouth of the inlet.                    (i.e., shutdowns—discussed in detail                  (vibratory pile driving and drilling) and
                                               Avoidance by potential prey (i.e., fish)                below in Proposed Mitigation section),                impulsive (impact pile driving) sources,
                                               of the immediate area due to the                        Level A harassment is neither                         and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1
                                               temporary loss of this foraging habitat is              anticipated nor proposed to be                        mPa (rms) thresholds are applicable.
                                               also possible. The duration of fish                     authorized. As described previously, no                  Level A harassment for non-explosive
                                               avoidance of this area after pile driving               mortality is anticipated or proposed to               sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
                                               stops is unknown, but a rapid return to                 be authorized for this activity. Below we             for Assessing the Effects of
                                               normal recruitment, distribution and                    describe how the take is estimated.                   Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
                                               behavior is anticipated. Any behavioral                    Described in the most basic way, we                Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance,
                                               avoidance by fish of the disturbed area                 estimate take by considering: (1)                     2016) identifies dual criteria to assess
                                               would still leave significantly large                   Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS                  auditory injury (Level A harassment) to
                                               areas of fish and marine mammal                         believes the best available science                   five different marine mammal groups
                                               foraging habitat in the nearby vicinity in              indicates marine mammals will be                      (based on hearing sensitivity) because of
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Tenakee Inlet.                                          behaviorally harassed or incur some                   exposure to noise from two different
                                                  The duration of the construction                     degree of permanent hearing                           types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                               activities is relatively short. The                     impairment; (2) the area or volume of                 impulsive).
                                               construction window is for a maximum                    water that will be ensonified above                      These thresholds were developed by
                                               of 93 days and each day, construction                   these levels in a day; (3) the density or             compiling and synthesizing the best
                                               activities would only occur for a few                   occurrence of marine mammals within                   available science and soliciting input
                                               hours during the day. Impacts to habitat                these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the              multiple times from both the public and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                                                         12167

                                               peer reviewers to inform the final                             methodology used in the development                                 may be accessed at: http://
                                               product, and are provided in Table 5                           of the thresholds are described in                                  www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/
                                               below. The references, analysis, and                           NMFS’ 2016 Technical Guidance, which                                guidelines.htm.

                                                                            TABLE 5—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
                                                                                                                                                                 PTS onset acoustic thresholds 1
                                                                                                                                                                        (received level)
                                                                          Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                             Impulsive                                            Non-impulsive

                                               Low-frequency cetaceans ................................................    Lpk,flat:   219   dB;   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB ....................................   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                               Mid-frequency cetaceans .................................................   Lpk,flat:   230   dB;   LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ....................................   LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                               High-frequency cetaceans ................................................   Lpk,flat:   202   dB;   LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ....................................   LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                               Phocid Pinnipeds (underwater) ........................................      Lpk,flat:   218   dB;   LE,PW,24h: 185 dB ...................................    LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                               Otariid Pinnipeds (underwater) ........................................     Lpk,flat:   232   dB;   LE,OW,24h: 203 dB ...................................    LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                                  1 NMFS    2016.


                                                  Although ADOT&PF’s construction                             pile. An impact hammer is a steel                                   proxy sound source values at Navy
                                               activity includes the use of impulsive                         device that works like a piston,                                    installations in Puget Sound (Navy,
                                               (impact pile driving) and non-impulsive                        producing a series of independent                                   2015) and along the waterfront at Naval
                                               (vibratory pile driving and drilling)                          strikes to drive the pile. Impact                                   Base Kitsap (NBK), Bangor (Navy 2012).
                                               sources, the shutdown zones set by the                         hammering typically generates the                                   After assessing these two sources,
                                               applicant are large enough to ensure                           loudest noise associated with pile                                  ADOT&PF selected an average source
                                               Level A harassment will be prevented.                          installation. Factors that could                                    level of 161 dB rms, which NMFS
                                               The level A zones for the proposed                             potentially minimize the potential                                  concurs with as an appropriate sound
                                               project are illustrated in Table 7. The                        impacts of pile installation associated                             source. In addition, for a fourth project
                                               highest level A zone shown (176 meters                         with the project include:                                           at NBK, Bangor, construction crews
                                               for high- and low-frequency cetaceans)                            • The relatively shallow waters in the                           drove 16-inch hollow steel piles with
                                               is roughly 24 meters less than the total                       project area (Taylor et al., 2008);                                 measured levels similar to those for the
                                               distance of the largest shutdown zone                             • Land forms around Tenakee Springs                              24-inch piles. Therefore, NMFS elects to
                                               (200 meters for high- and low-frequency                        that would block the noise from                                     use 161 dB rms as a source level for
                                               cetaceans). To assure the largest                              spreading; and                                                      vibratory driving of 18-inch and 16-inch
                                               shutdown zone can be fully monitored,                             • Vessel traffic and other commercial                            steel piles.
                                               protected species observers (PSOs) will                        and industrial activities in the project                               For vibratory driving of 14-inch steel
                                               be positioned in the possible best                             area that contribute to elevated                                    and timber piles and 12.75-inch steel
                                               vantage points during all piling/drilling                      background noise levels.                                            piles, ADOT&PF suggested a source
                                               activities to guarantee a shutdown if a                           In order to calculate distances to the                           level of 155 dB rms, which NMFS also
                                               high- and/or low-frequency cetacean                            Level A and Level B sound thresholds                                concurs with. This source level was
                                               approaches or enters the 200-meter                             for piles of various sizes being used in                            derived from summary data pertaining
                                               shutdown zone. These measures are                              this project, NMFS used acoustic                                    to vibratory driving of 18-inch steel
                                               described in full detail below in the                          monitoring data from other locations                                piles in Kake, Alaska (MacGillivray
                                               Proposed Mitigation and Monitoring                             (see Table 6). Note that piles of differing                         2015).
                                               Sections.                                                      sizes have different sound source levels.                              In their application, ADOT&PF
                                                                                                                 Empirical data from recent ADOT&PF                               derived source levels for impact driving
                                               Ensonified Area                                                sound source verification (SSV) studies                             of 30-inch steel piles by averaging the
                                                  Here, we describe operational and                           at Ketchikan, Kodiak, and Auke Bay,                                 individual mean values associated with
                                               environmental parameters of the activity                       Alaska were used to estimate sound                                  impact driving of the same size and type
                                               that will feed into identifying the area                       source levels (SSLs) for vibratory,                                 from Ketchikan (Warner and Austin
                                               ensonified above the acoustic                                  impact, and drilling installations of 30-                           2016a). Mean values from Ketchikan
                                               thresholds.                                                    inch steel pipe piles (MacGillivray et al.,                         were the most conservative dataset for
                                                  The sound field in the project area is                      2016, Warner and Austin 2016b, Denes                                30-inch impact pile driving in Southeast
                                               the existing background noise plus                             et al., 2016a, respectively). These                                 Alaska. The average mean value from
                                               additional construction noise from the                         Alaskan construction sites were                                     this dataset was 194.7 dB rms and 180.8
                                               proposed project. Marine mammals are                           generally assumed to best represent the                             dB SEL.
                                               expected to be affected via sound                              environmental conditions found in                                      For 24-inch impact pile driving,
                                               generated by the primary components of                         Tenakee and represent the nearest                                   NMFS used data from a Navy (2015)
                                               the project, i.e., impact pile driving,                        available source level data for 30-inch                             study of proxy sound source values for
                                               vibratory pile driving, and vibratory pile                     steel piles. Similarities among the sites                           use at Puget Sound military
                                               removal. Vibratory hammers produce                             include thin layers of soft sediments                               installations. The Navy study
                                               constant sound when operating, and                             overlying a bedrock layer and                                       recommended a value of 193 dB rms
                                               produce vibrations that liquefy the                            comparable bedrock depths. However,                                 and 181 dB SEL, which was derived
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               sediment surrounding the pile, allowing                        the use of data from Alaska sites was not                           from data generated by impact driving
                                               it to penetrate to the required seating                        appropriate in all instances. Details are                           of 24-inch steel piles at the Bainbridge
                                               depth. An impact hammer would then                             described below.                                                    Island Ferry Terminal Preservation
                                               generally be used to place the pile at its                        For vibratory driving of 24-inch steel                           project and the Friday Harbor
                                               intended depth. The actual durations of                        piles, data from two Navy project                                   Restoration Ferry Terminal project.
                                               each installation method vary                                  locations in the state of Washington                                NMFS found this estimated source level
                                               depending on the type and size of the                          were reviewed. These include data from                              to be appropriate.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014     19:08 Mar 19, 2018     Jkt 244001    PO 00000     Frm 00021     Fmt 4703         Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM          20MRN1


                                               12168                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                                 For impact driving of 20, 18, and 14-                              Stockton Wastewater Treatment Plant                                       proposed drilling activities, a source
                                               inch steel piles, ADOT&PF used source                                (20-inch) and Caltrans SSV studies at                                     level of 165 dB for all pile types
                                               levels of 186.6 dB, 158 dB, and 158 dB                               Prichard Lake Pumping Plant in                                            originated from ADOT&PF SSV studies
                                               respectively. These source levels were                               Sacramento, CA (18 and 14-inch)                                           for piling operations in Kodiak, Alaska
                                               derived from Caltrans SSV studies at the                             (Caltrans 2015). In regards to the                                        (Warner and Austin 2016b).

                                                      TABLE 6—ESTIMATES OF MEAN UNDERWATER SOUND LEVELS GENERATED DURING VIBRATORY AND IMPACT PILE
                                                                            INSTALLATION, DRILLING, AND VIBRATORY PILE REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                         Sound level at 10 meters
                                                                                                   Installation,
                                                       Method and pile type                                                                                                                                 Literature source
                                                                                                removal, or proofing                dB rms          dB SEL             dB peak

                                               Vibratory Hammer:
                                                   30-inch steel piles ................        Install .....................            165.0      ................   ................   Derived from Warner and Austin 2016a & Denes
                                                                                                                                                                                           et al. 2016.
                                                     24-inch steel piles ................      Install .....................            161.0      ................   ................   Navy 2012, 2015.
                                                     20-inch steel piles ................      Install .....................            161.0      ................   ................   Navy 2012, 2015.
                                                     18-inch steel piles ................      Remove, Install ......                   161.0      ................   ................   Navy 2012, 2015.
                                                     16-inch steel piles ................      Remove .................                 161.0      ................   ................   Navy 2012, 2015.
                                                     14-inch steel piles ................      Remove .................                 155.0      ................   ................   MacGillivray et al. 2015.
                                                     14-inch timber piles ..............       Remove, Install ......                   155.0      ................   ................   MacGillivray et al. 2015.
                                                     12.75-inch steel piles ...........        Remove .................                 155.0      ................   ................   MacGillivray et al. 2015.
                                               Drilling:
                                                     30-inch steel piles ................      Install    .....................         165.0      ................   ................   Derived   from   Warner   and   Austin   2016b.
                                                     24-inch steel piles ................      Install    .....................         165.0      ................   ................   Derived   from   Warner   and   Austin   2016b.
                                                     20-inch steel piles ................      Install    .....................         165.0      ................   ................   Derived   from   Warner   and   Austin   2016b.
                                                     18-inch steel piles ................      Install    .....................         165.0      ................   ................   Derived   from   Warner   and   Austin   2016b.
                                               Impact Hammer:
                                                     30-inch steel piles ................      Proofing .................               194.7             180.8              208.6       Warner and Austin 2016a.
                                                     24-inch steel piles ................      Proofing .................               193.0             181.0              210.0       Navy 2015 (from 82 FR 31400).
                                                     20-inch steel piles ................      Proofing .................               186.5             175.5              207.0       Caltrans 2015.
                                                     18-inch steel piles ................      Proofing .................               158.0      ................          174.0       Caltrans 2015.
                                                     14-inch timber piles ..............       Install .....................            158.0      ................          174.0       Caltrans 2015.



                                                  The formula below is used to                                      tenfold increase in distance. ADOT&PF                                     which will result in some degree of
                                               calculate underwater sound                                           analyzed the available underwater                                         overestimate of Level A take. However,
                                               propagation. Transmission loss (TL) is                               acoustic data utilizing this metric.                                      these tools offer the best way to predict
                                               the decrease in acoustic intensity as an                               When NMFS’ Technical Guidance                                           appropriate isopleths when more
                                               acoustic pressure wave propagates out                                (2016) was published, in recognition of                                   sophisticated 3D modeling methods are
                                               from a source. TL parameters vary with                               the fact that ensonified area/volume                                      not available, and NMFS continues to
                                               frequency, temperature, sea conditions,                              could be more technically challenging                                     develop ways to quantitatively refine
                                               current, source and receiver depth,                                  to predict because of the duration                                        these tools, and will qualitatively
                                               water depth, water chemistry, and                                                                                                              address the output where appropriate.
                                                                                                                    component in the new thresholds, we
                                               bottom composition and topography.
                                                                                                                    developed a User Spreadsheet that                                         For stationary sources such as pile
                                               The general formula for underwater TL
                                                                                                                    includes tools to help predict a simple                                   driving and drilling, NMFS’ User
                                               is:
                                                                                                                    isopleth that can be used in conjunction                                  Spreadsheet predicts the closest
                                               TL = B * log 10 (R1/R2)                                              with marine mammal density or                                             distance at which, if a marine mammal
                                               Where:                                                               occurrence to help predict takes. We                                      remained at that distance the whole
                                               TL = transmission loss in dB                                         note that because of some of the                                          duration of the activity, it would not
                                               B = transmission loss coefficient; for practical                     assumptions included in the methods                                       incur PTS. Inputs used in the User
                                                    spreading equals 15                                             used for these tools, we anticipate that                                  Spreadsheet and the resulting isopleths
                                                 NMFS typically recommends a                                        isopleths produced are typically going                                    are reported in Tables 6 and 7.
                                               default practical spreading loss of 15 dB                            to be overestimates of some degree,

                                                 TABLE 7—CALCULATED DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND
                                                                                              REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                   Level A harassment zone
                                                                                                                                                   Piles                                   (meters) 1                                  Level B
                                                                                                                                                installed                                                                           harassment
                                                           Type of pile                                      Activity                                                                                                              zone (meters),
                                                                                                                                               or removed                       Cetaceans                       Pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                 per day                                                                           cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     pinnipeds 2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                      LF             MF           HF        PW           OW

                                                                                                                                        Vibratory (120 dB)

                                               30-inch steel ............................   Install 4 ....................................                   3             11             1         16             7          1            10,000

                                                 1 The distance of the modeled SPL from the                          2 The distance from the driven pile of the initial

                                               driven pile.                                                         measurement.



                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014      19:08 Mar 19, 2018       Jkt 244001     PO 00000        Frm 00022         Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM             20MRN1


                                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                                                           12169

                                                 TABLE 7—CALCULATED DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND
                                                                                         REMOVAL—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                   Level A harassment zone                         Level B
                                                                                                                                                      Piles                                (meters) 1                           harassment
                                                                                                                                                   installed
                                                           Type of pile                                       Activity                                                                                                         zone (meters),
                                                                                                                                                  or removed                     Cetaceans                    Pinnipeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                    per day                                                                      pinnipeds 2
                                                                                                                                                                       LF           MF          HF        PW         OW

                                               24-inch steel, 20-inch steel,                Install 4 ....................................                    3              6           1           9          4          1           5,412
                                                 18-inch steel.
                                               18-inch steel, 16-inch steel .....           Remove 4 ................................                        10             13           2         19           8          1           5,412
                                               14-inch steel, 14-inch timber,               Remove 5 ................................                        10              5           1          8           3          1           2,154
                                                 12.75-inch steel.

                                                                                                                                                Drilling (120 dB)

                                               30-inch steel, 20-inch steel .....           Install 6 ....................................                    3             55           5         81          34          3          10,000
                                               24-inch steel, 18-inch steel .....           Install 7 ....................................                    3             42           4         62          26          2          10,000

                                                                                                                                            Impact (160 dB) 3

                                               30-inch steel ............................   Proofing ..................................                       1          70            3           82          37          3           2,057
                                                                                            .................................................                 2         110            4          131          59          5
                                                                                            .................................................                 3         144            6          171          77          6
                                               24-inch steel ............................   Proofing ..................................                       1          71            3           85          38          3           1,585
                                                                                            .................................................                 2         113            4          135          61          5
                                                                                            .................................................                 3         148            6          176          79          6
                                               20-inch steel ............................   Proofing ..................................                       3          64            3           76          34          3             584
                                               18-inch steel ............................   Proofing ..................................                       3          <1           <1           <1          <1         <1               7
                                               14-inch timber .........................     Install ......................................                   10          <1           <1           <1          <1         <1               7
                                                 1 Level A Isopleths Calculated Using NMFS’ 2016 Acoustic User Spreadsheet. Source level set at a distance of 10 Meters, a weighting factor
                                               adjustment of 2kHz for impulse sources and 2.5kHz for continuous sources, and a propagation loss value of 15 LogR.
                                                 2 Level B Isopleths Calculated using Practical Spreading Loss Model. Source level set at a distance of 10 meters and and a propagation loss
                                               value of 15 LogR.
                                                 3 30 Strikes per pile.
                                                 4 45 minute activity duration.
                                                 5 2.5 hour activity duration.
                                                 6 9 hour activity duration.
                                                 7 6 hour activity duration.




                                                  Pulse duration from the SSV studies                                a rate of 1 to 3 piles per day. To                                      and max number of piles drilled each
                                               described above are unknown. However,                                 calculate Level A harassment isopleths                                  day). Results for all Level A isopleths
                                               all necessary parameters were available                               associated with impact piling 18-inch                                   are shown in Table 7. Isopleths for Level
                                               for the SELcum (cumulative Single                                     and 14-inch steel/timber piles, a source                                B harassment associated with impact
                                               Strike Equivalent) method for                                         level (rms SPL) of 158dB was used with                                  (160 dB) and vibratory harassment (120
                                               calculating isopleths for 30-inch, 24-                                a pulse duration of .05 seconds.                                        dB) were also calculated and are
                                               inch, and 20-inch impact piles.                                          To calculate Level A harassment for                                  included in Table 7.
                                               Therefore, this method was selected for                               vibratory driving of 30-inch piles,                                        It is important to note that the actual
                                               those piles. To account for potential                                 ADOT&PF utilized a source level (rms                                    area ensonified by pile driving activities
                                               variations in daily productivity during                               SPL) of 165 dB and assumed 45 minutes                                   is constrained by local topography
                                               impact installation, isopleths were                                   of driving per day. For installing 24, 20,                              relative to the total threshold radius
                                               calculated for different numbers of piles                             and 18-inch piles, ADOT&PF used a                                       (particularly for the Level B ensonified
                                               that could be installed each day (see                                 source level of 161 dB and assumed up                                   zones). The actual ensonified area was
                                               Table 7). Should the contractor expect                                to 45 minutes of driving per day. For                                   determined using a straight line-of-sight
                                               to install fewer piles in a day than the                              removal of 18 and 16-inch piles,                                        projection from the anticipated pile
                                               maximum anticipated, a smaller Level A                                ADOT&PF assumed use of 18-inch piles                                    driving locations. Overall, Level A
                                               shutdown zone would be employed to                                    and used the same source level of 161                                   harassment zones for impact installation
                                               monitor take.                                                         dB for up to 45 minutes. Level A                                        are relatively small because of the few
                                                  To derive Level A harassment                                       harassment for the installation/removal                                 strikes required to proof the piles. The
                                               isopleths associated with impact driving                              of piles 14-inches and under in diameter                                maximum aquatic areas ensonified
                                               30-inch steel piles, ADOT&PF utilized a                               used a source level of 155 dB rms and                                   within the Level A harassment isopleths
                                               single strike SEL of 180.8 dB and                                     assumed 2.5 hours of driving/removal a                                  do not exceed 0.1 square km (see
                                               assumed 30 strikes per pile for 1 to 3                                day. In regards to Level A for drilling,                                Figures 6–1 and Figure 6–2 in
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               piles per day. For 24-inch and 20-inch                                a source level of 165 dB rms was used                                   application). The corresponding areas of
                                               steel piles, ADOT&PF used a single                                    for all pile types with varying levels of                               the Level B ensonified zones for impact
                                               strike SEL of 181 dB SEL and 175.5 SEL                                activity for each pile type (see Tables 1                               driving and vibratory installation/
                                               respectively, also assuming 30 strikes at                             & 2 for information on drilling duration                                removal are shown in Table 8 below.




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014      19:08 Mar 19, 2018       Jkt 244001      PO 00000         Frm 00023          Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM           20MRN1


                                               12170                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                                  TABLE 8—CALCULATED AREAS ENSONIFIED WITHIN LEVEL B HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND
                                                                                               REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Level B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          harassment
                                                                                     Type of pile                                                                                              Activity                                                   zone (km2),
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           pinnipeds

                                                                                                                                                  Vibratory (120 dB)

                                               30-inch steel ...............................................................................        Install ..........................................................................................            78.9
                                               24-, 20-, 18-, and 16-inch steel ..................................................                  Install ..........................................................................................            45.3
                                               14-, 12.75-inch steel, and 14-inch timber ..................................                         Remove ......................................................................................                  7.3

                                                                                                                                                  Drilling (120 dB)

                                               30-, 24-, 20-, and 18-inch steel ..................................................                  Install ..........................................................................................            78.9

                                                                                                                                                   Impact (160 dB)

                                               30-inch    steel ...............................................................................     Proofing ......................................................................................                6.7
                                               24-inch    steel ...............................................................................     Proofing ......................................................................................                4.0
                                               20-inch    steel ...............................................................................     Proofing ......................................................................................                0.6
                                               18-inch    steel ...............................................................................     Proofing ......................................................................................               <0.1
                                               14-inch    timber .............................................................................      Install ..........................................................................................            <0.1



                                               Marine Mammal Occurrence and Final                                        the Tenakee Cannery haulout would                                              eDPS and 25 (17.8 percent of 140)
                                               Take Estimates                                                            forage to the west near the Tenakee                                            individuals from the wDPS have the
                                                  In this section we provide the                                         Springs ferry terminal. Additionally,                                          potential to be harassed.
                                               information about the presence, density,                                  Steller sea lions do not generally forage
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Harbor Seals
                                               or group dynamics of marine mammals                                       every day, but tend to forage every
                                               that will inform the take calculations.                                   1–2 days and return to haulouts to rest                                           Harbor seals are non-migratory;
                                               Potential exposures to impact and                                         between foraging trips (Merrick and                                            therefore, the exposure estimates are not
                                               vibratory pile driving noise for each                                     Loughlin 1997; Rehburg et al., 2009).                                          dependent on season. We anticipate
                                               threshold were estimated using local                                      Overall, this information indicates that                                       Level B harbor seal take to be relatively
                                               marine mammal density datasets where                                      only half of the Steller sea lions at the                                      high, given the presence of three
                                               available and local observational data.                                   Tenakee Cannery haulout (i.e., average                                         established haulouts within the largest
                                               As previously stated, only Level B take                                   of 140 during winter) is likely to                                             (ten km) Level B harassment zone of the
                                               will be considered for this action as                                     approach the project site on any given                                         project site. The best available
                                               Level A take will be avoided via                                          day and be exposed to sound levels that                                        abundance estimate for Tenakee Inlet is
                                               mitigation (see Mitigation and                                            constitute behavioral harassment. As a                                         259 individual harbor seals (London, J.,
                                               Monitoring Sections). As presented in                                     result, an estimated 70 individuals is a                                       pers. comm.).
                                               Table 7, the largest Level A zone for the                                 conservative estimate of the number of                                            The number of harbor seals that could
                                               project is 176 meters for high- and low-                                  Steller sea lions likely to forage in the                                      potentially be exposed to elevated
                                               frequency cetaceans. As a result, the                                     underwater behavioral harassment zone                                          sound levels for the project was
                                               shutdown zone (which is described in                                      on a given day. Therefore: 70 Steller sea                                      estimated by calculating the percentage
                                               detail in the Proposed Mitigation                                         lions per day * 93 days of potential                                           of available harbor seal habitat within
                                               Section) for these activities will be 200                                 exposure = 6,510 potential exposures.                                          the largest Level B harassment zone. Of
                                               meters for high- and low-frequency                                           To assign take to the eDPS and wDPS                                         the 233.35 square km of available
                                               cetaceans. Level B take is calculated                                     stocks of Steller sea lions, data from                                         habitat in Tenakee Inlet, 78.9 square km
                                               differently for some species based on                                     researchers at NMFS’ Alaska Fisheries                                          or 33.82 percent will be within the
                                               differences in density, year-round                                        Science Center were used. Researchers                                          largest Level B harassment zone. Of the
                                               habitat use, and other contextual factors.                                at NMFS’ Alaska Fisheries Science                                              259 harbor seals that haul out in the
                                               See below for specific methodologies by                                   Center state that roughly 17.8 percent of                                      Inlet, approximately 87.57 harbor seals
                                               species.                                                                  Steller sea lions at the Tenakee Cannery                                       (33.82 percent of 259 individuals) could
                                                                                                                         Point haulout are members of the wDPS                                          be within the Level B harassment zone
                                               Steller Sea Lions                                                         whereas 82.2 percent are from the eDPS                                         and exposed to sound levels that reach
                                                 Steller sea lion abundance in the                                       (L. Fritz, pers. comm; L. Fritz,                                               the Level B threshold each day.
                                               project area is highly seasonal in nature                                 unpublished data). Therefore, it is                                            Therefore: 87.57 harbor seals per day *
                                               with sea lions being most active                                          estimated that only 1,159 takes (17.8                                          93 days of potential exposure = 8,144
                                               between October and March (Figure                                         percent of 6,510) have the potential to                                        potential exposures.
                                               4–2). Level B exposure estimates are                                      occur for wDPS Steller sea lions and
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               conservatively based on the average                                       5,351 (82.2 percent of 6,510) takes have                                       Harbor Porpoises
                                               winter (October to March) abundance of                                    the potential to occur for eDPS Steller                                          Harbor porpoises are non-migratory;
                                               140 sea lions at the Tenakee Cannery                                      sea lions. In addition, since there is only                                    therefore, our exposure estimates are not
                                               haulout, which is 8.9 km away from the                                    an average of 140 Steller sea lions                                            dependent on season. Harbor porpoise
                                               project site (Jemison, 2017, unpublished                                  located at the Tenakee Cannery haulout,                                        surveys conducted in southeast Alaska
                                               data). However, it is unlikely that the                                   it is predicted that only 115 (82.2                                            during the summers of 1991–1993,
                                               entire Steller sea lion population from                                   percent of 140) individuals from the                                           2006, 2007, and 2010–2012 included


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014        19:08 Mar 19, 2018         Jkt 244001       PO 00000        Frm 00024         Fmt 4703       Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM                20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                            12171

                                               Chatham Strait (near the action area).                  during the winter (S. Lewis and M.                    effective if implemented (probability of
                                               The average density estimate for all                    Dahlheim, pers. comm.). We                            accomplishing the mitigating result if
                                               survey years in Chatham Strait was                      conservatively estimate that half of                  implemented as planned) the likelihood
                                               0.013 harbor porpoise per square km                     those, or six individuals on average,                 of effective implementation (probability
                                               (Dahlheim et al., 2015). Surveys in                     could be exposed to Level B harassment                implemented as planned), and;
                                               1997, 1998, and 1999 reported an                        during each day of pile installation and                 (2) The practicability of the measures
                                               average harbor porpoise density of .033                 removal, therefore:                                   for applicant implementation, which
                                               per square km in Southeast Alaska                       6 humpback whales per day * 93 days                   may consider such things as cost,
                                               (Hobbs and Waite 2010). Based on a                          of exposure = 558 potential                       impact on operations, and, in the case
                                               more conservative density estimate of                       exposures.                                        of a military readiness activity,
                                               0.033 harbor porpoise per square km in                                                                        personnel safety, practicality of
                                               Southeast Alaska, we estimate that                      Minke Whales                                          implementation, and impact on the
                                               approximately 2.6 (.033*78.9) harbor                       Minke whales may be present in                     effectiveness of the military readiness
                                               porpoises could occur daily within the                  Tenakee Inlet year-round. Their                       activity.
                                               78.9 square km (Table 8) Level B                        abundance throughout southeast Alaska                    In addition to the measures described
                                               harassment zone. Therefore: 2.6 harbor                  is very low, and anecdotal reports have               later in this section, ADOT&PF will
                                               porpoises per day * 93 days of potential                not included minke whales near the                    employ the following standard
                                               exposure = 242 potential exposures.                     project area. However, minke whales are               mitigation measures:
                                                                                                       distributed throughout a wide variety of                 • Conduct briefings between
                                               Dall’s Porpoises                                                                                              construction supervisors and crews and
                                                                                                       habitats and could occur near the
                                                 Dall’s porpoise are non-migratory;                    project area. Therefore, we                           the marine mammal monitoring team
                                               therefore, our exposure estimates are not               conservatively estimate that one minke                prior to the start of all pile driving
                                               dependent on season. Based on                           whale could be exposed to Level B                     activity, and when new personnel join
                                               anecdotal evidence citing rare                          harassment each month during                          the work, to explain responsibilities,
                                               occurrences of the species in the action                construction or a total of three minke                communication procedures, marine
                                               area, we anticipate approximately one                   whales during the 93-day construction                 mammal monitoring protocol, and
                                               observation of a Dall’s porpoise pod in                 period.                                               operational procedures;
                                               the Level B harassment zone each week                                                                            • For in-water heavy machinery work
                                               during construction (Lewis, S., pers.                   Proposed Mitigation                                   other than pile driving (e.g., standard
                                               comm.). Based on an average pod size                       In order to issue an IHA under                     barges, tug boats), if a marine mammal
                                               of 3.7 (Wade et al., 2003), we estimate                 Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,                     comes within 10 m, operations shall
                                               49 Dall’s porpoise could be exposed to                  NMFS must set forth the permissible                   cease and vessels shall reduce speed to
                                               Level B harassment noise during the 93                  methods of taking pursuant to such                    the minimum level required to maintain
                                               day construction period (i.e., 3.7                      activity, and other means of effecting                steerage and safe working conditions.
                                               individuals per week * 13.2 weeks of                    the least practicable impact on such                  This type of work could include the
                                               potential exposure = 48.84 (rounded up                  species or stock and its habitat, paying              following activities: (1) Movement of the
                                               to 49) total potential exposures).                      particular attention to rookeries, mating             barge to the pile location; or (2)
                                                                                                       grounds, and areas of similar                         positioning of the pile on the substrate
                                               Killer Whales                                           significance, and on the availability of              via a crane (i.e., stabbing the pile);
                                                  Local marine mammal experts                          such species or stock for taking for                     • Work may only occur during
                                               indicate that approximately one killer                  certain subsistence uses (latter not                  daylight hours, when visual monitoring
                                               whale pod is observed in Tenakee Inlet                  applicable for this action). NMFS                     of marine mammals can be conducted;
                                               each month, year-round (Lewis, S., pers.                regulations require applicants for                       • For those marine mammals for
                                               comm.). It is assumed that all three                    incidental take authorizations to include             which Level B take has not been
                                               killer whale stocks are equally likely to               information about the availability and                requested, in-water pile installation/
                                               occur in the area because no data exist                 feasibility (economic and technological)              removal and drilling will shut down
                                               on relative abundance of the three                      of equipment, methods, and manner of                  immediately when the animals are
                                               stocks in Tenakee Inlet. The exposure                   conducting such activity or other means               sighted;
                                               estimate is conservatively based on a                   of effecting the least practicable adverse               • If Level B take reaches the
                                               resident pod size, which has been                       impact upon the affected species or                   authorized limit for an authorized
                                               quantified and is known to be larger                    stocks and their habitat (50 CFR                      species, pile installation will be stopped
                                               than other stocks. Resident killer whales               216.104(a)(11)).                                      as these species approach the Level B
                                               occur in a mean group size of 19.3                         In evaluating how mitigation may or                zone to avoid additional take of them.
                                               during the fall in southeast Alaska                     may not be appropriate to ensure the                     The following measures would apply
                                               (Dahlheim et al., 2009). Therefore, we                  least practicable adverse impact on                   to ADOT&PFs mitigation requirements:
                                               assume that a total of approximately 60                 species or stocks and their habitat, as                  Establishment of Shutdown Zone for
                                               killer whales could be exposed to Level                 well as subsistence uses where                        Level A—For all pile driving/removal
                                               B harassment over the course of the                     applicable, we carefully consider two                 and drilling activities, ADOT&PF will
                                               project (i.e., [19.3 individuals per pod *              primary factors:                                      establish a shutdown zone. The purpose
                                               1 pods per month] * 3.1 months = 59.83                     (1) The manner in which, and the                   of a shutdown zone is generally to
                                               [rounded up to 60]). Since there are no                 degree to which, the successful                       define an area within which shutdown
                                               data that exist for killer stocks in                    implementation of the measure(s) is                   of activity would occur upon sighting of
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               Tenakee Inlet, 60 Level B takes were                    expected to reduce impacts to marine                  a marine mammal (or in anticipation of
                                               applied to each stock.                                  mammals, marine mammal species or                     an animal entering the defined area). A
                                                  Humpback whales are present in                       stocks, and their habitat. This considers             conservative shutdown zone of 100
                                               Tenakee Inlet year-round. Local experts                 the nature of the potential adverse                   meters will be used during monitoring
                                               indicate that as many as 12 humpback                    impact being mitigated (likelihood,                   to prevent any form of incidental Level
                                               whales are present on some days from                    scope, range). It further considers the               A exposure for most species. However,
                                               spring through fall, with lower numbers                 likelihood that the measure will be                   during impact installation of 24-inch


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12172                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                               and 30-inch steel piles at a frequency of               activity, or whenever a break in pile                 of marine mammal species with the
                                               2 or 3 piles per day, the Level A                       driving of 30 minutes or longer occurs,               action; or (4) biological or behavioral
                                               harassment zone exceeds the 100-meter                   the observer will observe the shutdown                context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
                                               shutdown zone for low- and high-                        and monitoring zones for a period of 30               feeding areas);
                                               frequency cetaceans (i.e., humpback                     minutes. The shutdown zone will be                       • Individual marine mammal
                                               whales, harbor porpoises, and Dall’s                    cleared when a marine mammal has not                  responses (behavioral or physiological)
                                               porpoises; see Table 7). During these                   been observed within the zone for that                to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
                                               activities, PSOs will implement a 200-                  30-minute period. If a marine mammal                  cumulative), other stressors, or
                                               meter shutdown zone to avoid take of                    is observed within the shutdown zone,                 cumulative impacts from multiple
                                               harbor porpoises, Dall’s porpoises,                     a soft-start cannot proceed until the                 stressors;
                                               minke whales, and humpback whales                       animal has left the zone or has not been                 • How anticipated responses to
                                               (low- and high-frequency cetaceans).                    observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans)               stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                               The placement of PSOs during all pile                   and 15 minutes (for pinnipeds). If the                fitness and survival of individual
                                               driving and drilling activities (described              Level B harassment zone has been                      marine mammals; or (2) populations,
                                               in detail in the Proposed Monitoring                    observed for 30 minutes and non-                      species, or stocks;
                                               and Reporting Section) will ensure that                 permitted species are not present within                 • Effects on marine mammal habitat
                                               the 200-meter shutdown zone is visible                  the zone, soft start procedures can                   (e.g., marine mammal prey species,
                                               during impact installation of 24-inch                   commence and work can continue even                   acoustic habitat, or other important
                                               and 30-inch steel piles at a frequency of               if visibility becomes impaired within                 physical components of marine
                                               two or three piles per day. Nonetheless,                the Level B zone. When a marine                       mammal habitat); and
                                               a 100-meter shutdown will be                            mammal permitted for Level B take is                     • Mitigation and monitoring
                                               implemented for Steller sea lions,                      present in the Level B harassment zone,               effectiveness.
                                               harbor seals, and killer whales during                  piling activities may begin and Level B
                                               all activities.                                         take will be recorded. As stated above,               Visual Monitoring
                                                  Establishment of Monitoring Zones for                if the entire Level B zone is not visible                Monitoring would be conducted 30
                                               Level B—ADOT&PF will establish Level                    at the start of construction, piling or               minutes before, during, and 30 minutes
                                               B disturbance zones or zones of                         drilling activities can begin. If work                after pile driving and removal activities.
                                               influence (ZOI) which are areas where                   ceases for more than 30 minutes, the                  In addition, observers shall record all
                                               SPLs are equal to or exceed the 160 dB                  pre-activity monitoring of both the Level             incidents of marine mammal
                                               rms threshold for impact driving and                    B and shutdown zone will commence.                    occurrence, regardless of distance from
                                               the 120 dB rms threshold during
                                                                                                       Proposed Monitoring and Reporting                     activity, and shall document any
                                               vibratory driving and drilling.
                                                                                                          In order to issue an IHA for an                    behavioral reactions in concert with
                                               Monitoring zones provide utility for
                                                                                                       activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the                 distance from piles being driven or
                                               observing by establishing monitoring
                                               protocols for areas adjacent to the                     MMPA states that NMFS must set forth                  removed. Pile driving activities include
                                               shutdown zones. Monitoring zones                        requirements pertaining to the                        the time to install or remove a single
                                               enable observers to be aware of and                     monitoring and reporting of such taking.              pile or series of piles, as long as the time
                                               communicate the presence of marine                      The MMPA implementing regulations at                  elapsed between uses of the pile driving
                                               mammals in the project area outside the                 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that                   equipment is no more than thirty
                                               shutdown zone and thus prepare for a                    requests for authorizations must include              minutes.
                                               potential cease of activity should the                  the suggested means of accomplishing                     PSOs would be land-based observers.
                                               animal enter the shutdown zone. The                     the necessary monitoring and reporting                A primary PSO would be placed at the
                                               Level B zones are depicted in Table 7.                  that will result in increased knowledge               terminal where pile driving would
                                               As shown, the largest Level B zone is                   of the species and of the level of taking             occur. A second observer would range
                                               equal to 78.9 km2, making it impossible                 or impacts on populations of marine                   the uplands on foot or by ATV via
                                               for the PSOs to view the entire                         mammals that are expected to be                       Tenakee Ave., and go from Grave Point
                                               harassment area. Due to this, Level B                   present in the proposed action area.                  east of the harbor up and west of the
                                               exposures will be recorded and                          Effective reporting is critical both for              project site to get a full view of the Level
                                               extrapolated based upon the number of                   compliance as well as ensuring that the               A zone and as much of the Level B zone
                                               observed take and the percentage of the                 most value is obtained from the required              as possible. PSOs would scan the waters
                                               Level B zone that was not visible.                      monitoring.                                           using binoculars, and/or spotting
                                                  Soft Start—The use of a soft-start                      Monitoring and reporting                           scopes, and would use a handheld GPS
                                               procedure are believed to provide                       requirements prescribed by NMFS                       or range-finder device to verify the
                                               additional protection to marine                         should contribute to improved                         distance to each sighting from the
                                               mammals by providing warning and/or                     understanding of one or more of the                   project site. All PSOs would be trained
                                               giving marine mammals a chance to                       following:                                            in marine mammal identification and
                                               leave the area prior to the hammer                         • Occurrence of marine mammal                      behaviors and are required to have no
                                               operating at full capacity. For impact                  species or stocks in the area in which                other project-related tasks while
                                               pile driving, contractors will be required              take is anticipated (e.g., presence,                  conducting monitoring. In addition,
                                               to provide an initial set of strikes from               abundance, distribution, density);                    monitoring will be conducted by
                                               the hammer at 40 percent energy, each                      • Nature, scope, or context of likely              qualified observers, who will be placed
                                               strike followed by no less than a 30-                   marine mammal exposure to potential                   at the best vantage point(s) practicable
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               second waiting period. This procedure                   stressors/impacts (individual or                      to monitor for marine mammals and
                                               will be conducted a total of three times                cumulative, acute or chronic), through                implement shutdown/delay procedures
                                               before impact pile driving begins. Soft                 better understanding of: (1) Action or                when applicable by calling for the
                                               Start is not required during vibratory                  environment (e.g., source                             shutdown to the hammer operator.
                                               pile driving and removal activities.                    characterization, propagation, ambient                Qualified observers are trained and/or
                                                  Pre-Activity Monitoring—Prior to the                 noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life              experienced professionals, with the
                                               start of daily in-water construction                    history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence            following minimum qualifications:


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                              12173

                                                  • Visual acuity in both eyes                         including bearing and direction of travel             circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                               (correction is permissible) sufficient for              and distance from pile driving activity;              would work with ADOT&PF to
                                               discernment of moving targets at the                       • Distance from pile driving activities            determine whether modifications in the
                                               water’s surface with ability to estimate                to marine mammals and distance from                   activities are appropriate.
                                               target size and distance; use of                        the marine mammals to the observation                    In the event that ADOT&PF discovers
                                               binoculars may be necessary to correctly                point;                                                an injured or dead marine mammal and
                                               identify the target.                                       • Locations of all marine mammal                   the lead PSO determines that the injury
                                                  • Independent observers (i.e., not                   observations; and                                     or death is not associated with or related
                                               construction personnel).                                   • Other human activity in the area.                to the activities authorized in the IHA
                                                  • Observers must have their CVs/                        If no comments are received from                   (e.g., previously wounded animal,
                                               resumes submitted to and approved by                    NMFS within 30 days, the draft final                  carcass with moderate to advanced
                                               NMFS.                                                   report will constitute the final report. If           decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                                  • Advanced education in biological                   comments are received, a final report                 ADOT&PF would report the incident to
                                               science or related field (i.e.,                         addressing NMFS comments must be                      the Chief of the Permits and
                                               undergraduate degree or higher).                        submitted within 30 days after receipt of             Conservation Division, Office of
                                               Observers may substitute education or                   comments.                                             Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
                                               training for experience.                                   In the unanticipated event that the
                                                                                                                                                             NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or
                                                  • Experience and ability to conduct                  specified activity clearly causes the take
                                                                                                                                                             by email to the Alaska Regional
                                               field observations and collect data                     of a marine mammal in a manner
                                                                                                                                                             Stranding Coordinator, within 24 hours
                                               according to assigned protocols (this                   prohibited by the IHA (if issued), such
                                                                                                                                                             of the discovery. ADOT&PF would
                                               may include academic experience).                       as an injury, serious injury or mortality,
                                                                                                                                                             provide photographs, video footage (if
                                                  • At least one observer must have                    ADOT&PF would immediately cease the
                                                                                                                                                             available), or other documentation of
                                               prior experience working as an observer.                specified activities and report the
                                                                                                                                                             the stranded animal sighting to NMFS
                                                  • Experience or training in the field                incident to the Chief of the Permits and
                                                                                                                                                             and the Marine Mammal Stranding
                                               identification of marine mammals,                       Conservation Division, Office of
                                                                                                                                                             Network.
                                               including the identification of                         Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
                                               behaviors.                                              Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator.                Negligible Impact Analysis and
                                                  • Sufficient training, orientation, or               The report would include the following                Determination
                                               experience with the construction                        information:
                                                                                                          • Description of the incident;                        NMFS has defined negligible impact
                                               operation to provide for personal safety
                                                                                                          • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                  as an impact resulting from the
                                               during observations.
                                                  • Writing skills sufficient to prepare a             Beaufort sea state, visibility);                      specified activity that cannot be
                                               report of observations including but not                   • Description of all marine mammal                 reasonably expected to, and is not
                                               limited to the number and species of                    observations in the 24 hours preceding                reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
                                               marine mammals observed; dates and                      the incident;                                         species or stock through effects on
                                               times when in-water construction                           • Species identification or                        annual rates of recruitment or survival
                                               activities were conducted; dates and                    description of the animal(s) involved;                (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
                                               times when in-water construction                           • Fate of the animal(s); and                       finding is based on the lack of likely
                                               activities were suspended to avoid                         • Photographs or video footage of the              adverse effects on annual rates of
                                               potential incidental injury from                        animal(s) (if equipment is available).                recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
                                               construction sound of marine mammals                       Activities would not resume until                  level effects). An estimate of the number
                                               observed within a defined shutdown                      NMFS is able to review the                            of takes alone is not enough information
                                               zone; and marine mammal behavior.                       circumstances of the prohibited take.                 on which to base an impact
                                                  • Ability to communicate orally, by                  NMFS would work with ADOT&PF to                       determination. In addition to
                                               radio or in person, with project                        determine what is necessary to                        considering estimates of the number of
                                               personnel to provide real-time                          minimize the likelihood of further                    marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
                                               information on marine mammals                           prohibited take and ensure MMPA                       through harassment, NMFS considers
                                               observed in the area as necessary.                      compliance. ADOT&PF would not be                      other factors, such as the likely nature
                                                  A draft marine mammal monitoring                     able to resume their activities until                 of any responses (e.g., intensity,
                                               report would be submitted to NMFS                       notified by NMFS via letter, email, or                duration), the context of any responses
                                               within 90 days after the completion of                  telephone.                                            (e.g., critical reproductive time or
                                               pile driving and removal activities. It                    In the event that ADOT&PF discovers                location, migration), as well as effects
                                               will include an overall description of                  an injured or dead marine mammal, and                 on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
                                               work completed, a narrative regarding                   the lead PSO determines that the cause                of the mitigation. We also assess the
                                               marine mammal sightings, and                            of the injury or death is unknown and                 number, intensity, and context of
                                               associated PSO data sheets. Specifically,               the death is relatively recent (e.g., in              estimated takes by evaluating this
                                               the report must include:                                less than a moderate state of                         information relative to population
                                                  • Date and time that monitored                       decomposition as described in the next                status. Consistent with the 1989
                                               activity begins or ends;                                paragraph), ADOT&PF would                             preamble for NMFS’s implementing
                                                  • Construction activities occurring                  immediately report the incident to the                regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
                                               during each observation period;                         Chief of the Permits and Conservation                 1989), the impacts from other past and
                                                  • Weather parameters (e.g., percent                  Division, Office of Protected Resources,              ongoing anthropogenic activities are
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               cover, visibility);                                     NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding                   incorporated into this analysis via their
                                                  • Water conditions (e.g., sea state,                 Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska                 impacts on the environmental baseline
                                               tide state);                                            Regional Stranding Coordinator. The                   (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
                                                  • Species, numbers, and, if possible,                report would include the same                         of the species, population size and
                                               sex and age class of marine mammals;                    information identified in the paragraph               growth rate where known, ongoing
                                                  • Description of any observable                      above. Activities would be able to                    sources of human-caused mortality, or
                                               marine mammal behavior patterns,                        continue while NMFS reviews the                       ambient noise levels).


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12174                                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                                 As stated in the proposed mitigation                                   Tenakee Inlet where the project will                                         proposed monitoring and mitigation
                                               section, shutdown zones equal to or                                      take place is located in a developed area                                    measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
                                               exceeding Level A isopleths shown in                                     with regular marine vessel traffic.                                          that the total marine mammal take from
                                               Table 7 will be implemented, and in                                      Although there is a harbor seal haulout                                      the proposed activity will have a
                                               this case, Level A take is not anticipated                               approximately one kilometer south of                                         negligible impact on all affected marine
                                               nor authorized. Behavioral responses of                                  the project site, it would not be located                                    mammal species or stocks.
                                               marine mammals to pile driving and                                       within the project’s Level B zone.
                                                                                                                          In summary and as described above,                                         Small Numbers
                                               removal at the ferry terminal, if any, are
                                               expected to be mild and temporary.                                       the following factors primarily support                                        As noted above, only small numbers
                                               Marine mammals within the Level B                                        our preliminary determination that the                                       of incidental take may be authorized
                                               harassment zone may not show any                                         impacts resulting from this activity are                                     under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
                                               visual cues they are disturbed by                                        not expected to adversely affect the                                         for specified activities other than
                                               activities (as noted during modification                                 species or stock through effects on                                          military readiness activities. The MMPA
                                               to the Kodiak Ferry Dock) or could                                       annual rates of recruitment or survival:                                     does not define small numbers and so,
                                                                                                                          • No mortality is anticipated or                                           in practice, where estimated numbers
                                               become alert, avoid the area, leave the
                                                                                                                        authorized.                                                                  are available, NMFS compares the
                                               area, or display other mild responses                                      • There are no known biologically
                                               that are not observable such as changes                                                                                                               number of individuals taken to the most
                                                                                                                        important areas within the project area.
                                               in vocalization patterns. Given the short                                  • ADOT&PF would implement                                                  appropriate estimation of abundance of
                                               duration of noise-generating activities                                  mitigation measures such as vibratory                                        the relevant species or stock in our
                                               per day and that pile driving, removal,                                  driving piles to the maximum extent                                          determination of whether an
                                               and drilling would occur for 93 days,                                    practicable, soft-starts, and shut downs.                                    authorization is limited to small
                                               any harassment would be temporary. In                                      • Monitoring reports from similar                                          numbers of marine mammals.
                                               addition, the project was designed with                                  work in Alaska have documented little                                        Additionally, other qualitative factors
                                               relatively small-diameter piles, which                                   to no effect on individuals of the same                                      may be considered in the analysis, such
                                               will avoid the elevated noise impacts                                    species impacted by the specified                                            as the temporal or spatial scale of the
                                               associated with larger piles. In addition,                               activities.                                                                  activities.
                                               there are no known biologically                                            Based on the analysis contained                                              Overall, ADOT&PF proposes 15,566
                                               important areas near the project zone                                    herein of the likely effects of the                                          total Level B takes of these marine
                                               that would be moderately or                                              specified activity on marine mammals                                         mammals. Table 9 below shows take as
                                               significantly impacted by the                                            and their habitat, and taking into                                           a percent of population for each of the
                                               construction activities. The region of                                   consideration the implementation of the                                      species listed above.

                                                          TABLE 9—SUMMARY OF THE ESTIMATED NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO LEVEL B
                                                                                          HARASSMENT SOUND LEVELS
                                                                                                                                           Proposed number                            Proposed number
                                                                                                                                            of exposures to                             of individuals                       Stock        Percent of
                                                            Species                                  DPS/stock                            level B harassment                         potentially exposed                   abundance     population 1
                                                                                                                                           total and by stock                      to level B harassment

                                               Steller sea lion .................        Eastern DPS ....................             5,351 ..............................       115 individuals ...............                41,638            <0.3
                                                                                         Western DPS ...................              1,159 ..............................       25 individuals .................               53,303            <0.1
                                               Harbor seal .......................       Glacier Bay/Icy Strait .......               8,144 ..............................       259 individuals ...............                 7,210             3.6
                                               Harbor porpoise ...............           Southeast Alaska .............               242 .................................      242 .................................             975            24.8
                                               Dall’s porpoise ..................        Alaska ..............................        49 ...................................     49 ...................................         83,400            <0.1
                                               Killer whale .......................      West Coast transient .......                 60 ...................................     60 ...................................            243            24.7
                                                                                         Alaska resident ................             60 ...................................     60 ...................................          2,347             2.6
                                                                                         Northern Resident ............               60 ...................................     60 ...................................            290            20.7
                                               Humpback whale ..............             Mexico DPS/Central North                     558 .................................      558 .................................          10,103             5.5
                                                                                           Pacific.
                                               Minke whale .....................         Alaska ..............................        3 .....................................    3 .....................................          N/A             N/A

                                                     Total ..........................    ..........................................   15,686 ............................        1,434 ..............................             N/A             N/A
                                                  1 The percent of population is based on the proportion of take that is expected to occur from each stock based on abundance (see Table 3).
                                               Killer whale stocks are assumed to be equally likely to occur.
                                                  N/A: Not Applicable or no stock population assessment is available.


                                                 Table 9 presents the number of                                         taking occurred to a new individual—an                                       from inland Southeast Alaska waters.
                                               animals that could be exposed to                                         extremely unlikely scenario. For                                             These abundance estimates have not
                                               received noise levels causing Level B                                    pinnipeds, especially harbor seals and                                       been corrected for g(0) and are likely
                                               harassment for the proposed work at the                                  Steller sea lions, occurring in the                                          conservative, therefore it is expected for
                                               Tenakee Springs Ferry Terminal. Our                                      vicinity of the project site, there will                                     the proposed percentage of population
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               analysis shows that less than 25 percent                                 almost certainly be some overlap in                                          that will be taken to be overestimated.
                                               of each affected stock could be taken by                                 individuals present day-to-day, and                                          In addition, high percentage totals for
                                               harassment. Therefore, the numbers of                                    these takes are likely to occur only                                         northern resident (20.7 percent) and
                                               animals authorized to be taken for all                                   within some small portion of the overall                                     western transient (24.7 percent) killer
                                               species would be considered small                                        regional stock. For harbor porpoise, the                                     whales were based on the possibility
                                               relative to the relevant stocks or                                       abundance estimates used in the                                              that all 60 takes for killer whales would
                                               populations even if each estimated                                       percentage of population were taken


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014       19:08 Mar 19, 2018        Jkt 244001       PO 00000         Frm 00028       Fmt 4703       Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM              20MRN1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                             12175

                                               occur for each stock, which is a highly                 threatened species or result in the                   immediately when the animals are
                                               unlikely scenario.                                      destruction or adverse modification of                sighted.
                                                  Based on the analysis contained                      designated critical habitat. To ensure                   (e) The taking by injury (Level A
                                               herein of the proposed activity                         ESA compliance for the issuance of                    harassment), serious injury, or death of
                                               (including the proposed mitigation and                  IHAs, NMFS consults internally, in this               any of the species listed in condition
                                               monitoring measures) and the                            case with NMFS’ Alaska Regional                       3(b) of the Authorization or any taking
                                               anticipated take of marine mammals,                     Office, whenever we propose to                        of any other species of marine mammal
                                               NMFS preliminarily finds that small                     authorize take for endangered or                      is prohibited and may result in the
                                               numbers of marine mammals will be                       threatened species.                                   modification, suspension, or revocation
                                               taken relative to the population size of                   NMFS is proposing to authorize take                of this IHA.
                                               the affected species or stocks.                         of western DPS Steller sea lions and                     (f) ADOT&PF shall conduct briefings
                                                                                                       Mexico DPS humpback whales, which                     between construction supervisors and
                                               Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
                                                                                                       are listed under the ESA. The Permit                  crews, marine mammal monitoring
                                               and Determination
                                                                                                       and Conservation Division has                         team, acoustical monitoring team, and
                                                  There are no relevant subsistence uses               requested initiation of Section 7                     ADOT&PF staff prior to the start of all
                                               of the affected marine mammal stocks or                 consultation with NMFS’ Alaska                        piling and drilling activities, and when
                                               species implicated by this action.                      Regional Office for the issuance of this              new personnel join the work, in order
                                               Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily                       IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA                       to explain responsibilities,
                                               determined that the total taking of                                                                           communication procedures, marine
                                                                                                       consultation prior to reaching a
                                               affected species or stocks would not                                                                          mammal monitoring protocol, and
                                                                                                       determination regarding the proposed
                                               have an unmitigable adverse impact on                                                                         operational procedures.
                                                                                                       issuance of the authorization.
                                               the availability of such species or stocks                                                                       (g) Work may only occur during
                                               for taking for subsistence purposes. The                Proposed Authorization                                daylight hours, when visual monitoring
                                               proposed project is not known to occur                     As a result of these preliminary                   of marine mammals can be conducted.
                                               in an important subsistence hunting                                                                              4. Mitigation Measures.
                                                                                                       determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
                                               area. It is a developed area with regular                                                                        The holder of this Authorization is
                                                                                                       an IHA to ADOT&PF for conducting
                                               marine vessel traffic. However, DOT&PF                                                                        required to implement the following
                                                                                                       piling and drilling activities associated
                                               plans to provide advanced public notice                                                                       mitigation measures:
                                                                                                       with improvements at the Tenakee
                                               of construction activities to reduce                                                                             (a) Shutdown Measures.
                                                                                                       Springs city dock and ferry terminal, in
                                               construction impacts on local residents,                                                                         (i) For all pile driving/removal and
                                                                                                       Tenakee Springs, Alaska provided the
                                               ferry travelers, adjacent businesses, and                                                                     drilling activities, ADOT&PF shall
                                                                                                       previously mentioned mitigation,
                                               other users of the Tenakee Springs ferry                                                                      implement shutdown measures in
                                                                                                       monitoring, and reporting requirements
                                               terminal and nearby areas. This will                                                                          which operations shall cease if a marine
                                                                                                       are incorporated. This section contains
                                               include notification to local Alaska                                                                          mammal enters or approaches a
                                                                                                       a draft of the IHA itself. The wording
                                               Native tribes that may have members                                                                           shutdown zone for which it is not
                                                                                                       contained in this section is proposed for
                                               who hunt marine mammals for                                                                                   permitted to be in during piling or
                                                                                                       inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
                                               subsistence. Of the marine mammals                                                                            drilling operations. Shutdown zones are
                                                                                                          1. This Incidental Harassment                      defined below.
                                               considered in this IHA application, only
                                                                                                       Authorization (IHA) is valid from June                   (ii) For all impact pile driving,
                                               harbor seals are known to be used for
                                                                                                       1, 2019 to May 31, 2020.                              vibratory pile driving/removal, and
                                               subsistence in the project area. If any
                                               tribes express concerns regarding                          2. This IHA is valid only for in-water             drilling the ADOT&PF shall implement
                                               project impacts to subsistence hunting                  construction activities associated with               a minimum shutdown zone of 100
                                               of marine mammals, further                              improvements at the Tenakee Springs                   meters around each pile (undergoing
                                               communication between will take place,                  city dock and ferry terminal, in Tenakee              piling/drilling activities) for all species
                                               including provision of any project                      Springs, Alaska.                                      authorized for Level B take.
                                               information, and clarification of any                      3. General Conditions.                                (iii) ADOT&PF shall implement a 200-
                                               mitigation and minimization measures                       (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the              meter radius shutdown zone for high-
                                               that may reduce potential impacts to                    possession of the ADOT&PF, its                        and low-frequency cetaceans (harbor
                                               marine mammals.                                         designees, work crew, and marine                      porpoises, Dall’s porpoises, minke
                                                  Based on the description of the                      mammal monitoring personnel                           whales, and humpback whales) during
                                               specified activity, the measures                        operating under the authority of this                 impact installation of 24-inch and 30-
                                               described to minimize adverse effects                   IHA.                                                  inch steel piles at a frequency of two or
                                               on the availability of marine mammals                      (b) The species authorized for taking              three piles per day.
                                               for subsistence purposes, and the                       are humpback whale (Megaptera                            (iv) ADOT&PF shall implement
                                               proposed mitigation and monitoring                      novaeangliae), killer whale (Orcinus                  shutdown measures if the number of
                                               measures, NMFS has preliminarily                        orca), Harbor porpoise (Phocoena                      any allotted marine mammal Level B
                                               determined that there will not be an                    phocoena), Dall’s porpoise                            takes reaches the limit under the IHA
                                               unmitigable adverse impact on                           (Phocoenoides dalli), Steller sea lion                and if such marine mammals are sighted
                                               subsistence uses from ADOT&PF’s                         (Eumetopias jubatus), and harbor seal                 within the vicinity of the project area
                                               proposed activities.                                    (Phoca vitulina) and minke whale                      and are approaching their respective
                                                                                                       (Balaenoptera acutorostrata).                         Level A or Level B harassment zone.
                                               Endangered Species Act (ESA)                               (c) The taking, by Level B harassment                 (v) If a marine mammal comes within
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                                  Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered                    only, is limited to the species/stocks                10 meters of in-water, heavy machinery
                                               Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.                     listed in condition 3(b). See Table 1 for             work other than pile driving or drilling
                                               1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal                numbers of take authorized.                           (e.g., standard barges, tugboats),
                                               agency insure that any action it                           (d) For those marine mammals for                   operations shall cease and vessels shall
                                               authorizes, funds, or carries out is not                which Level B take has not been                       reduce speed to the minimum level
                                               likely to jeopardize the continued                      requested, in-water pile installation/                required to maintain steerage and safe
                                               existence of any endangered or                          removal and drilling shall shut down                  working conditions.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                               12176                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                                  (b) ADOT&PF shall establish Level A                  described previously in the Monitoring                   (iii) Record of implementation of
                                               and Level B harassment zones as shown                   and Reporting section.                                shutdowns, including the distance of
                                               in Tables 2 and 3.                                         (i) Two observers shall be on site to              animals to the pile and description of
                                                  (c) Soft Start for Impact Pile Driving               actively observe the shutdown and                     specific actions that ensued and
                                                  (i) At the start of any pile driving                 disturbance zones during all pile                     resulting behavior of the animal, if any;
                                               activities or when there has been                       driving, removal, and drilling.                          (iv) Weather parameters (e.g., percent
                                               downtime of 30 minutes or more                             (ii) Observers shall use their naked               cover, visibility);
                                               without impact pile driving, the                        eye with the aid of binoculars, and/or a                 (v) Water conditions (e.g., sea state,
                                               contractor shall initiate the driving with              spotting scope during all pile driving                tide state);
                                               ramp-up procedures described below.                     and extraction activities.                               (vi) Species, numbers, and, if
                                                  (ii) Soft start for impact hammers                      (iii) Monitoring location(s) shall be              possible, sex and age class of marine
                                               requires contractors to provide an initial              identified with the following                         mammals;
                                                                                                                                                                (vii) Description of any observable
                                               set of strikes from the impact hammer                   characteristics:
                                                                                                                                                             marine mammal behavior patterns;
                                               at 40 percent energy, followed by no                       1. Unobstructed view of pile being                    (viii) Distance from pile driving
                                               less than a 30-second waiting period.                   driven;                                               activities to marine mammals and
                                               This procedure shall be conducted three                    2. Unobstructed view of all water                  distance from the marine mammals to
                                               times before impact pile driving begins.                within the Level A zone (if applicable)               the observation point;
                                                  (d) Use the minimum hammer energy                    and as much of the Level B harassment                    (ix) Locations of all marine mammal
                                               needed to install piles.                                zone as possible for piles being driven.              observations; and
                                                  (e) Drive piles with a vibratory                        (c) If waters exceed a sea-state, which               (x) Other human activity in the area.
                                               hammer to the maximum extent                            restricts the PSOs ability to observe                    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine
                                               practicable.                                            within the marine mammal shutdown                     mammals:
                                                  5. Monitoring.                                       zone (e.g., excessive wind or fog), pile                 (i) In the unanticipated event that the
                                                  The holder of this Authorization is                  installation and removal shall cease.                 specified activity clearly causes the take
                                               required to conduct marine mammal                       Pile driving shall not be initiated until             of a marine mammal in a manner
                                               monitoring during pile driving/removal                  the entire shutdown zone is visible.                  prohibited by this IHA, such as an
                                               and drilling activities. Monitoring and                    (d) Marine mammal location shall be                injury (Level A harassment), serious
                                               reporting shall be conducted in                         determined using a rangefinder and a                  injury, or mortality, ADOT&PF shall
                                               accordance with the Monitoring Plan.                    GPS or compass.                                       immediately cease the specified
                                                  (a) Pre-Activity Monitoring.                            (e) Ongoing in-water pile installation             activities and report the incident to the
                                                  (i) Prior to the start of daily in-water             may be continued during periods when                  Office of Protected Resources (301–427–
                                               construction activity, or whenever a                    conditions such as low light, darkness,               8401), NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
                                               break in pile driving of 30 minutes or                  high sea state, fog, ice, rain, glare, or             Stranding Coordinator (907–271–1332),
                                               longer occurs, the observer(s) shall                    other conditions prevent effective                    NMFS. The report must include the
                                               observe the shutdown and monitoring                     marine mammal monitoring of the                       following information:
                                               zones for a period of 30 minutes.                       entire Level B harassment zone. PSOs                     1. Time and date of the incident;
                                                  (ii) The shutdown zone shall be                      would continue to monitor the visible                    2. Description of the incident;
                                               cleared when a marine mammal has not                    portion of the Level B harassment zone                   3. Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                               been observed within that zone for that                 throughout the duration of driving                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                               30-minute period.                                       activities.                                           state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                                                                                                                                                4. Description of all marine mammal
                                                  (iii) If a marine mammal is observed                    (f) Post-construction monitoring shall
                                                                                                                                                             observations and active sound source
                                               within the shutdown zone, a soft-start                  be conducted for 30 minutes beyond the
                                                                                                                                                             use in the 24 hours preceding the
                                               can proceed if the animal is observed                   cessation of piling and drilling activities
                                                                                                                                                             incident;
                                               leaving the zone or has not been                        at end of day.                                           5. Species identification or
                                               observed for 30 minutes (for cetaceans)                    6. Reporting.                                      description of the animal(s) involved;
                                               or 15 minutes (for pinnipeds), even if                     The holder of this Authorization is                   6. Fate of the animal(s); and
                                               visibility of Level B zone is impaired.                 required to:                                             7. Photographs or video footage of the
                                                  (iv) If the Level B harassment zone                     (a) Submit a draft report on all                   animal(s).
                                               has been observed for 30 minutes and                    monitoring conducted under the IHA                       Activities shall not resume until
                                               non-permitted species are not present                   within ninety calendar days of the                    NMFS is able to review the
                                               within the zone, in-water construction                  completion of marine mammal                           circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                               can commence and work can continue                      monitoring. This report shall detail the              NMFS shall work with ADOT&PF to
                                               even if visibility becomes impaired                     monitoring protocol, summarize the                    determine what measures are necessary
                                               within the Level B zone.                                data recorded during monitoring, and                  to minimize the likelihood of further
                                                  (v) When a marine mammal permitted                   estimate the number of marine                         prohibited take and ensure MMPA
                                               for Level B take is present in the Level                mammals that may have been harassed,                  compliance. ADOT&PF may not resume
                                               B harassment zone, piling and drilling                  including the total number extrapolated               their activities until notified by NMFS.
                                               activities may begin and or continue                    from observed animals across the                         (ii) In the event that ADOT&PF
                                               and Level B take shall be recorded.                     entirety of relevant monitoring zones A               discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                  (vi) If the entire Level B zone is not               final report shall be prepared and                    mammal, and the lead observer
                                               visible while work continues, exposures                 submitted within thirty days following                determines that the cause of the injury
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               shall be recorded and extrapolated                      resolution of comments on the draft                   or death is unknown and the death is
                                               based upon the amount of total observed                 report from NMFS. This report must                    relatively recent (e.g., in less than a
                                               exposures and the percentage of the                     contain the following:                                moderate state of decomposition),
                                               Level B zone that was not visible.                         (i) Date and time a monitored activity             ADOT&PF shall immediately report the
                                                  (b) Monitoring shall be conducted by                 begins or ends;                                       incident to the Office of Protected
                                               qualified protected species observers                      (ii) Construction activities occurring             Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska
                                               (PSOs), with minimum qualifications as                  during each observation period;                       Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:08 Mar 19, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM   20MRN1


                                                                                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices                                                                                                        12177

                                                 The report must include the same                                           determines that the injury or death is                                        footage, or other documentation of the
                                               information identified in 6(b)(i) of this                                    not associated with or related to the                                         stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
                                               IHA. Activities may continue while                                           activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,                                          7. This Authorization may be
                                               NMFS reviews the circumstances of the                                        previously wounded animal, carcass                                            modified, suspended or withdrawn if
                                               incident. NMFS shall work with                                               with moderate to advanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                          the holder fails to abide by the
                                               ADOT&PF to determine whether                                                 decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                                                                                                                                                                                          conditions prescribed herein, or if
                                               additional mitigation measures or                                            ADOT&PF shall report the incident to
                                                                                                                            the Office of Protected Resources,                                            NMFS determines the authorized taking
                                               modifications to the activities are
                                               appropriate.                                                                 NMFS, and the Alaska Regional                                                 is having more than a negligible impact
                                                 (iii) In the event that ADOT&PF                                            Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within                                           on the species or stock of affected
                                               discovers an injured or dead marine                                          24 hours of the discovery. ADOT&PF                                            marine mammals.
                                               mammal, and the lead observer                                                shall provide photographs, video

                                                                                                       TABLE 1—AUTHORIZED TAKE NUMBERS, BY SPECIES/STOCKS
                                                                                   Species                                                                               DPS/stock                                                Level A takes               Level B takes

                                               Steller sea .....................................................................       Eastern DPS .................................................................                                   0                      115
                                               lion ................................................................................   Western DPS ................................................................                                                            25
                                               Harbor seal ...................................................................         Glacier Bay/Icy Strait ....................................................                                     0                      259
                                               Harbor porpoise ............................................................            Southeast Alaska ..........................................................                                     0                      242
                                               Dall’s porpoise ..............................................................          Alaska ...........................................................................                              0                       49
                                               Killer whale ...................................................................        West Coast transient ....................................................                                       0                       60
                                                                                                                                       Alaska resident .............................................................                                                           60
                                                                                                                                       Northern Resident ........................................................                                                              60
                                               Humpback whale ..........................................................               Mexico DPS/Central North Pacific ...............................                                                 0                     558
                                               Minke whale ..................................................................          Alaska ...........................................................................         ........................                      3

                                                     Total .......................................................................     .......................................................................................                          0                  1,431


                                                 TABLE 2—CALCULATED DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND
                                                                                              REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                    Level A harassment zone (meters)                                            Level B
                                                                                                                                                       Piles                                                                                                  harassment
                                                                                                                                                    installed
                                                                      Type of pile                                          Activity                                                   Cetaceans                                 Pinnipeds                   zone (meters),
                                                                                                                                                   or removed                                                                                                cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                     per day                 LF              MF              HF             PW              OW                 pinnipeds

                                                                                                                                                  Vibratory (120 dB)

                                               30-inch steel ..............................................         Install ................                       3              11                1             16                7              1                      10,000
                                               24-inch steel, 20-inch steel, 18-inch steel                          Install ................                       3               6                1              9                4              1                       5,412
                                               18-inch steel, 16-inch steel .......................                 Remove ............                           10              13                2             19                8              1                       5,412
                                               14-inch steel, 14-inch timber, 12.75-inch                            Remove ............                           10               5                1              8                3              1                       2,154
                                                 steel.

                                                                                                                                                  Drilling (120 dB)

                                               30-inch steel, 20-inch steel .......................                 Install ................                        3             55                5             81              34               3                      10,000
                                               24-inch steel, 18-inch steel .......................                 Install ................                        3             42                4             62              26               2                      10,000

                                                                                                                                                   Impact (160 dB)

                                               30-inch steel ..............................................         Proofing ............                          1             70                3             82               37              3                         2,057
                                                                                                                    ...........................                    2            110                4            131               59              5      ............................
                                                                                                                    ...........................                    3            144                6            171               77              6      ............................
                                               24-inch steel ..............................................         Proofing ............                          1             71                3             85               38              3                         1,585
                                                                                                                    ...........................                    2            113                4            135               61              5      ............................
                                                                                                                    ...........................                    3            148                6            176               79              6      ............................
                                               20-inch steel ..............................................         Proofing ............                          3             64                3             76               34              3                            584
                                               18-inch steel ..............................................         Proofing ............                          3             <1               <1             <1               <1             <1                                7
                                               14-inch timber ...........................................           Install ................                      10             <1               <1             <1               <1             <1                                7
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014          19:08 Mar 19, 2018         Jkt 244001       PO 00000        Frm 00031       Fmt 4703        Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM                 20MRN1


                                               12178                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 54 / Tuesday, March 20, 2018 / Notices

                                                  TABLE 3—CALCULATED AREAS ENSONIFIED WITHIN LEVEL B HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND
                                                                                               REMOVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Level B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     harassment
                                                                                    Type of pile                                                                                           Activity                                                  zone (km 2),
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    cetaceans and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      pinnipeds

                                                                                                                                                Vibratory (120 dB)

                                               30-inch steel .............................................................................       Install ........................................................................................             78.9
                                               24-, 20-, 18-, and 16-inch steel ................................................                 Install ........................................................................................             45.3
                                               14-, 12.75-inch steel, and 14-inch timber .................................                       Remove ....................................................................................                   7.3

                                                                                                                                                Drilling (120 dB)

                                               30-, 24-, 20-, and 18-inch steel ................................................                 Install ........................................................................................             78.9

                                                                                                                                                 Impact (160 dB)

                                               30-inch    steel .............................................................................    Proofing ....................................................................................                 6.7
                                               24-inch    steel .............................................................................    Proofing ....................................................................................                 4.0
                                               20-inch    steel .............................................................................    Proofing ....................................................................................                 0.6
                                               18-inch    steel .............................................................................    Proofing ....................................................................................                <0.1
                                               14-inch    timber ...........................................................................     Install ........................................................................................             <0.1



                                               Request for Public Comments                                               ADDRESSES:    The meeting will take place                                    About/CFTCCommittees/Agricultural
                                                 We request comment on our analyses,                                     at the Sheraton Overland Park                                                Advisory/aac_meetings.
                                               the draft authorization, and any other                                    Convention Center at 6100 College                                               After the meeting, a transcript of the
                                               aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA                                     Boulevard, Overland Park, Kansas                                             meeting will be published through a
                                               for the proposed [action]. Please include                                 66211. You may submit public                                                 link on the CFTC’s website, http://
                                               with your comments any supporting                                         comments, identified by ‘‘Agricultural                                       www.cftc.gov. All written submissions
                                               data or literature citations to help                                      Advisory Committee,’’ by any of the                                          provided to the CFTC in any form will
                                               inform our final decision on the request                                  following methods:                                                           also be published on the CFTC’s
                                               for MMPA authorization.                                                      • CFTC website: https://                                                  website.
                                                                                                                         comments.cftc.gov. Follow the                                                   The public meeting is physically
                                                 Dated: March 14, 2018.                                                  instructions to Submit Comments                                              accessible to people with disabilities.
                                               Donna S. Wieting,                                                         through the website.                                                         Persons requiring special
                                               Director, Office of Protected Resources,                                     • Mail: Send comments to                                                  accommodations to attend the meeting
                                               National Marine Fisheries Service.                                        Christopher Kirkpatrick, Secretary of the                                    such as sign language interpretation or
                                               [FR Doc. 2018–05559 Filed 3–19–18; 8:45 am]                               Commission, Commodity Futures                                                other ancillary aids because of a
                                               BILLING CODE 3510–22–P                                                    Trading Commission, Three Lafayette                                          disability are asked to notify the contact
                                                                                                                         Center, 1155 21st Street, NW,                                                person above at least ten (10) days in
                                                                                                                         Washington, DC 20581.                                                        advance of the meeting.
                                               COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING                                                    • Hand Delivery/Courier: Same as                                            Dated: March 15, 2018.
                                               COMMISSION                                                                Mail, above.                                                                 Christopher J. Kirkpatrick,
                                                                                                                            Any statements submitted in                                               Secretary of the Commission.
                                               Agricultural Advisory Committee                                           connection with the committee meeting                                            (Authority: 5 U.S.C. app. 2 § 10(a)(2)).
                                               AGENCY: Commodity Futures Trading                                         will be made available to the public,
                                                                                                                                                                                                      [FR Doc. 2018–05614 Filed 3–19–18; 8:45 am]
                                               Commission.                                                               including publication on the CFTC
                                                                                                                                                                                                      BILLING CODE 6351–01–P
                                               ACTION: Notice of meeting.
                                                                                                                         website, http://www.cftc.gov.
                                                                                                                         FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                               SUMMARY:   The Commodity Futures                                          Charlie Thornton, AAC Designated
                                               Trading Commission (CFTC) announces                                                                                                                    CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY
                                                                                                                         Federal Officer, Commodity Futures                                           COMMISSION
                                               that on Thursday, April 5, 2018, from                                     Trading Commission, Three Lafayette
                                               9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., the Agricultural                                 Centre, 1155 21st Street NW,                                                 [Docket No. CPSC–2018–0005]
                                               Advisory Committee (AAC) will hold a                                      Washington, DC 20581; (202) 418–5500.
                                               public meeting in Overland Park,                                                                                                                       Agency Information Collection
                                                                                                                         SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The
                                               Kansas. At this meeting, the AAC will                                                                                                                  Activities; Proposed Collection;
                                                                                                                         meeting will be open to the public with
                                               discuss items related to price discovery                                                                                                               Comment Request; Survey on Smoke
                                                                                                                         seating on a first-come, first-served
                                               and risk management in agricultural                                                                                                                    and Carbon Monoxide Alarms
                                                                                                                         basis. Members of the public may also
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with NOTICES




                                               markets.                                                                  listen to the meeting by webinar. The                                        AGENCY: Consumer Product Safety
                                               DATES: The meeting will be held on                                        meeting agenda may change to                                                 Commission.
                                               Thursday, April 5, 2018, from 9:00 a.m.                                   accommodate other AAC priorities. For                                        ACTION: Notice.
                                               to 12:00 p.m. Members of the public                                       agenda updates and instructions to
                                               who wish to submit written statements                                     access the meeting as a webinar                                              SUMMARY: The Consumer Product Safety
                                               in connection with the meeting should                                     (forthcoming), please visit the AAC                                          Commission (CPSC or Commission) is
                                               submit them by April 12, 2018.                                            committee site at: http://www.cftc.gov/                                      announcing an opportunity for public


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014        19:08 Mar 19, 2018         Jkt 244001       PO 00000       Frm 00032        Fmt 4703       Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\20MRN1.SGM                20MRN1



Document Created: 2018-03-20 01:10:48
Document Modified: 2018-03-20 01:10:48
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than April 19, 2018.
ContactJonathan Molineaux, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation83 FR 12152 
RIN Number0648-XF83

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR